Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

by so much also

Толкование Перевод

1 much

بِكَثْرَة \ much: (only in negative sentences or questions; always after the verb) often: Does he come here much?. \ See Also كثيرًا \ مِن الواضح \ much: (in comparison; before most, etc.) without doubt; clearly: He is much the most experienced player in the team.

Arabic-English glossary > much
2 much as

مَهْمَا \ however: no matter how: However fast you run, you won’t catch him. much as: although: Much as I admire him, I could not work with him. whatever: anything, any: Do whatever you like. Read whatever book you like. \ See Also مَا

Arabic-English glossary > much as
3 mùch

smother, press down, Irish, Old Irish múchaim, also Early Irish múch, smoke, Welsh mwg, smoke, Cornish mok, megi, stifle, Breton mik, suffocation, miga, be suffocated, moguiet, smoke: *mûko-, root smûk, sm^g, ( smûgh, smaugh), English smoke, Greek $$G smúhw, smoulder (v long). Stokes suggests old borrowing from the Anglo-Saxon Hence mùchan, a vent or chimney, Irish múchán (O'Br.).

Etymological dictionary of the Gaelic language > mùch
4 without so much as

without even:

He took my umbrella without so much as asking.
حتّى بِدون
•
Remark: see also many.

Arabic-English dictionary > without so much as
5 ebenso

Adv.

1. Intensität, Ausmaß etc.: just as; ich habe ihn ebenso gern wie du / dich I like him just ( oder every bit) as much as you (do) / as (I do) you; es ist ebenso voll wie gestern it’s (just) as full as it was yesterday; er ist ebenso fleißig wie hilfreich he’s as hard-working as he is helpful

2. Art: (in) the same way; ich reagierte ebenso auch my reaction was the same; mir geht es ebenso that’s exactly how I feel, it’s exactly the same for me; in Europa ebenso wie in Amerika in Europe and America alike

* * *

as well; just as; alike; like this; that way; equally

* * *
eben|so ['eːbnzoː]
adv
(= genauso) just as; (= auch, ebenfalls) as well
das kann doch ébenso eine Frau machen — a woman can do that just as well

die Geschäfte sind geschlossen, ébenso alle Büros — the shops are closed, as are all the offices

viele Leute haben sich ébenso wie wir beschwert — a lot of people complained just like we did or just as we did or just like us

er freute sich ébenso wie ich — he was just as pleased as I was

er hat ein ébenso großes Zimmer wie wir — he has just as big a room as we have

ich mag sie ébenso gern — I like her just as much, I like her equally well

ich esse ébenso gern Reis — I like rice just as much, I'd just as soon eat rice

ich komme ébenso gern morgen — I'd just as soon come tomorrow

ébenso gut — (just) as well

ich kann ébenso gut Französisch wie Italienisch — I can speak French (just) as well as I can speak Italian, my French is (just) as good as my Italian

ébenso lang — just as long

ébenso oft or häufig — just as often or frequently

ébenso sehr — just as much

ébenso wenig — just as little

ébenso wenig, wie man dies sagen kann, kann man behaupten,... — there is just as little ground for saying this as for claiming...

ébenso viel — just as much

* * *

(also: Mrs. Brown came, likewise Mrs. Smith.) likewise

* * *

eben·so

[ˈe:bn̩zo:]

adv

1. (genauso) just as

ich habe eine \ebenso schöne Wohnung I have just as nice a flat

\ebenso gern just as well/much

meinen Vater mag ich \ebenso gern wie meine Mutter I like my father just as much as my mother

\ebenso gut [just] as well

ich kann \ebenso gut darauf verzichten I can just as well go without it

\ebenso lang[e] just as long

\ebenso oft just as frequently [or often]

\ebenso sehr just as much

ich habe dich \ebenso sehr lieb wie du mich I'm just as much fond of you as you are of me

\ebenso viel just as much

\ebenso wenig:

das ist \ebenso wenig angebracht this is just as inappropriate

2. (auch) also, likewise, as well

die Geschäfte sind geschlossen, \ebenso alle Kinos the shops are closed, as are all the cinemas

diese Waschmaschine ist \ebenso zu teuer that washing machine is too expensive as well

* * *

Adverb

1) mit Adjektiven u. Adverbien, Indefinitpromina just as

ebenso groß wie... sein — be just as big as...

ein ebenso frecher wie dummer Kerl — a fellow who is/was as impudent as he is/was stupid

ebenso gern mag ich Erdbeeren [wie...] — I like strawberries just as much [as...]

ebenso gern würde ich an den Strand gehen — I would just as soon go to the beach

ebenso gut — just as well

ich kann ebenso gut ein Taxi nehmen — I can just as easily take a taxi

ebenso oft — just as often or frequently

ebenso sehr — just as much

ebenso viel — just as much

ebenso wenig — just as little

man kann dieses ebenso wenig wie jenes tun — one cannot do this, any more than that

2) mit Verben in exactly the same way; (in demselben Maße) just as much

mir geht es ebenso — its just the same for me

* * *

ebenso adv

1. Intensität, Ausmaß etc: just as;

ich habe ihn ebenso gern wie du/dich I like him just ( oder every bit) as much as you (do)/as (I do) you;

es ist ebenso voll wie gestern it’s (just) as full as it was yesterday;

er ist ebenso fleißig wie hilfreich he’s as hard-working as he is helpful

2. Art: (in) the same way;

ich reagierte ebenso auch my reaction was the same;

mir geht es ebenso that’s exactly how I feel, it’s exactly the same for me;

in Europa ebenso wie in Amerika in Europe and America alike

* * *

Adverb

1) mit Adjektiven u. Adverbien, Indefinitpromina just as

ebenso groß wie... sein — be just as big as...

ein ebenso frecher wie dummer Kerl — a fellow who is/was as impudent as he is/was stupid

ebenso gern mag ich Erdbeeren [wie...] — I like strawberries just as much [as...]

ebenso gern würde ich an den Strand gehen — I would just as soon go to the beach

ebenso gut — just as well

ich kann ebenso gut ein Taxi nehmen — I can just as easily take a taxi

ebenso oft — just as often or frequently

ebenso sehr — just as much

ebenso viel — just as much

ebenso wenig — just as little

man kann dieses ebenso wenig wie jenes tun — one cannot do this, any more than that

2) mit Verben in exactly the same way; (in demselben Maße) just as much

mir geht es ebenso — its just the same for me

* * *

adj.

alike adj. adv.

also adv.

equally adv.

just as expr.

likewise adv.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > ebenso
6 καί

καί conjunction (Hom.+), found most frequently by far of all Gk. particles in the NT; since it is not only used much more commonly here than in other Gk. lit. but oft. in a different sense, or rather in different circumstances, it contributes greatly to some of the distinctive coloring of the NT style.—HMcArthur, ΚΑΙ Frequency in Greek Letters, NTS 15, ’68/69, 339–49. The vivacious versatility of κ. (for earlier Gk. s. Denniston 289–327) can easily be depressed by the tr. ‘and’, whose repetition in a brief area of text lacks the support of arresting aspects of Gk. syntax.

① marker of connections, and

ⓐ single words

α. gener. Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας Mt 13:55. χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν 2:11. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή Ro 7:12. πολυμερῶς κ. πολυτρόπως Hb 1:1. ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ God, who is also the Father 1 Cor 15:24; cp. 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; Js 1:27; 3:9 al.—Connects two occurrences of the same word for emphasis (OGI 90, 19 [196 B.C.] Ἑρμῆς ὁ μέγας κ. μέγας; pap in Mayser II/1, 54) μείζων κ. μείζων greater and greater Hv 4, 1, 6. ἔτι κ. ἔτι again and again B 21:4; Hs 2, 6 (B-D-F §493, 1; 2; s. Rob. 1200).

β. w. numerals, w. the larger number first δέκα καὶ ὁκτώ Lk 13:16. τεσσεράκοντα κ. ἕξ J 2:20. τετρακόσιοι κ. πεντήκοντα Ac 13:20.—The καί in 2 Cor 13:1 ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα=‘or’ ([v.l. ἢ τριῶν for καὶ τριῶν as it reads Mt 18:16]; cp. Js 4:13 v.l. σήμερον καὶ αὔριον=‘today or tomorrow’, but s. above all Thu. 1, 82, 2; Pla., Phd. 63e; X., De Re Equ. 4, 4 ἁμάξας τέτταρας καὶ πέντε; Heraclides, Pol. 58 τρεῖς καὶ τέσσαρας; Polyb. 3, 51, 12 ἐπὶ δυεῖν καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις; 5, 90, 6; Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 2, 28 εἷς καὶ δύο=one or two; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1091 p. 305, 22 W. τριέτης καὶ τετραέτης) by the statement of two or three witnesses every charge must be sustained, as explained by Dt 19:15.

γ. adding the whole to the part and in general (Aristoph., Nub. 1239 τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς θεούς; Thu. 1, 116, 3; 7, 65, 1) Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Peter and the rest of the apostles Ac 5:29. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς κ. τὸ συνέδριον ὅλον the high priest and all the rest of the council Mt 26:59. Vice versa, adding a (specially important) part to the whole and especially (πᾶς Ἰουδὰ καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ 2 Ch 35:24; cp. 32, 33; 1 Macc 2:6) τοῖς μαθηταῖς κ. τῷ Πέτρῳ Mk 16:7. σὺν γυναιξὶ κ. Μαριάμ Ac 1:14.

δ. The expr. connected by καί can be united in the form of a hendiadys (Alcaeus 117, 9f D.² χρόνος καὶ καρπός=time of fruit; Soph., Aj. 144; 749; Polyb. 6, 9, 4; 6, 57, 5 ὑπεροχὴ καὶ δυναστεία=1, 2, 7; 5, 45, 1 ὑπεροχὴ τῆς δυναστείας; Diod S 5, 67, 3 πρὸς ἀνανέωσιν καὶ μνήμην=renewal of remembrance; 15, 63, 2 ἀνάγκη καὶ τύχη=compulsion of fate; 16, 93, 2 ἐπιβουλὴ κ. θάνατος=a fatal plot; Jos., Ant. 12, 98 μετὰ χαρᾶς κ. βοῆς=w. a joyful cry; 17, 82 ἀκρίβεια κ. φυλακή) ἐξίσταντο ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ they were amazed at his intelligent answers Lk 2:47. δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα κ. σοφίαν I will give you wise utterance 21:15. τροφὴ κ. εὐφροσύνη joy concerning (your) food Ac 14:17. ἐλπὶς κ. ἀνάστασις hope of a resurrection 23:6 (2 Macc 3:29 ἐλπὶς καὶ σωτηρία; s. OLagercrantz, ZNW 31, ’32, 86f; GBjörck, ConNeot 4, ’40, 1–4).

ε. A colloquial feature is the coordination of two verbs, one of which should be a ptc. (s. B-D-F §471; Rob. 1135f) ἀποτολμᾷ κ. λέγει = ἀποτολμῶν λέγει he is so bold as to say Ro 10:20. ἔσκαψεν κ. ἐβάθυνεν (=βαθύνας) Lk 6:48. ἐκρύβη κ. ἐξῆλθεν (=ἐξελθών) J 8:59. Sim. χαίρων κ. βλέπων I am glad to see Col 2:5. Linking of subordinate clause and ptc. Μαριὰμ ὡς ἦλθεν … καὶ ἰδοῦσα J 11:32 v.l. Cp. παραλαβών … καὶ ἀνέβη Lk 9:28 v.l.

ⓑ clauses and sentences

α. gener.: ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει κ. τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). εἰσῆλθον … κ. ἐδίδασκον Ac 5:21. διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ κ. συνάξει τὸν σῖτον Mt 3:12. κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία Ro 4:14 and very oft. Connecting two questions Mt 21:23, or quotations (e.g. Ac 1:20), and dialogue (Lk 21:8), or alternate possibilities (13:18).

β. Another common feature is the practice, drawn fr. Hebrew or fr. the speech of everyday life, of using κ. as a connective where more discriminating usage would call for other particles: καὶ εἶδον καὶ (for ὅτι) σεισμὸς ἐγένετο Rv 6:12. καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς … καὶ (for ὅτι) ἔλεγον and the king learned that they were saying Mk 6:14 (s. HLjungvik, ZNW 33, ’34, 90–92; on this JBlinzler, Philol. 96, ’43/44, 119–31). τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ (for οὗ τὸ ὄνομα καλ.) Mt 1:21; cp. Lk 6:6; 11:44. καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι καὶ ποιήσωμεν σκηνάς Mk 9:5. Esp. freq. is the formula in historical narrative καὶ ἐγένετο … καὶ (like וַ … וַיְהִי) and it happened or came about … that Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15; Lk 5:1 v.l. (for ἐγένετο δὲ … καὶ; so also the text of 6:12), 12, 17; 14:1; 17:11 al. (Gen 7:10 al.; JosAs 11:1; 22:1). S. MJohannessohn, Das bibl. Καὶ ἐγένετο u. seine Geschichte, 1926 (fr. ZVS 35, 1925, 161–212); KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 29–62; Mlt-Turner 334f; ÉDelebecque, Études Grecques sur L’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65; JVoelz, The Language of the NT: ANRW II/25/2, 893–977, esp. 959–64.—As in popular speech, κ. is used in rapid succession Mt 14:9ff; Mk 1:12ff; Lk 18:32ff; J 2:13ff; 1 Cor 12:5f; Rv 6:12ff; 9:1ff. On this kind of colloquial speech, which joins independent clauses rather than subordinating one to the other (parataxis rather than hypotaxis) s. B-D-F §458; Rdm.² p. 222; Rob. 426; Dssm., LO 105ff (LAE 129ff), w. many references and parallels fr. secular sources. This is a favorite, e.g., in Polyaenus 2, 3, 2–4; 2, 4, 3; 3, 9, 10; 3, 10, 2; 4, 6, 1; 7, 36 al.

γ. It is also coordination rather than subordination when κ. connects an expr. of time with that which occurs in the time (Od. 5, 362; Hdt. 7, 217; Thu. 1, 50, 5; Pla., Symp. 220c; Aeschin. 3, 71 νὺξ ἐν μέσῳ καὶ παρῆμεν; s. B-D-F §442, 4; KBrugmann⁴-AThumb, Griechische Gramm. 1913, 640*): ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα κ. παραδίδοται the time has come when he is to be given up Mt 26:45. κ. ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν when they crucified him Mk 15:25. κ. ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα when he went up to Jerusalem J 2:13. κ. συντελέσω when I will make Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31); cp. J 4:35; 7:33; Lk 19:43; 23:44; Ac 5:7.

δ. καί introducing an apodosis is really due to Hebr./LXX infl. (B-D-F §442, 7; Abel §78a, 6 p. 341; Mlt-H. 422; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 66–72; but not offensive to ears trained in good Gk.: s. Il. 1, 478; Hdt. 1, 79, 2; sim.Thu. 2, 93, 4 ὡς ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐχώρουν εὐθύς; 8, 27, 5; Herm. Wr. 13, 1 …, καὶ ἔφης; Delebecque [s. above in β] 130–32) καὶ ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ …, κ. ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 3:20. Also κ. ἰδού in an apodosis Lk 7:12; Ac 1:10.

ε. connecting negative and affirmative clauses Lk 3:14. οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις κ. τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαθύ you have no bucket, and the well is deep J 4:11; cp. 3J 10 (οὔτε … καί Eur., Iph. Taur. 591f; Longus, Past. 1, 17; 4, 28; Aelian, NA 1, 57; 11, 9; Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 2, 4 οὔτε πάντα ἡ Λεσβία, Δωρί, πρὸς σὲ ἐψεύσατο καὶ σὺ τἀληθῆ ἀπήγγελκας Μυρτίῳ ‘It wasn’t all lies that Lesbia told you, Doris; and you certainly reported the truth to Myrtium’). After a negative clause, which influences the clause beginning w. καί: μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν … κ. στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς Mt 7:6; cp. 5:25; 10:38; 13:15 (Is 6:10); 27:64; Lk 12:58; 21:34; J 6:53; 12:40 (Is 6:10); Ac 28:27 (Is 6:10); 1 Th 3:5; Hb 12:15; Rv 16:15.

ζ. to introduce a result that comes fr. what precedes: and then, and so Mt 5:15; 23:32; Mk 8:34; 2 Cor 11:9; Hb 3:19; 1J 3:19. καὶ ἔχομεν and so we have 2 Pt 1:19. Esp. after the impv., or expr. of an imperatival nature (Soph., Oed. Col. 1410ff θέσθε … καὶ … οἴσει, El. 1207; Sir 2:6; 3:17) δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου καὶ ποιήσω and then I will make Mt 4:19. εἰπὲ λόγῳ, κ. ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου speak the word, and then my servant will be cured Mt 8:8; Lk 7:7; cp. Mt 7:7; Mk 6:22; Lk 10:28; J 14:16; Js 4:7, 10; Rv 4:1.—καί introduces a short clause that confirms the existence of someth. that ought to be: ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καὶ ἐσμέν that we should be called children of God; and so we really are (καλέω 1d) 1J 3:1 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 40 §161 they were to conquer Sardinia, καὶ κατέλαβον=and they really took it; 4, 127 §531 one day would decide [κρίνειν] the fate of Rome, καὶ ἐκρίθη).

η. emphasizing a fact as surprising or unexpected or noteworthy: and yet, and in spite of that, nevertheless (Eur., Herc. Fur. 509; Philostrat., Her. 11 [II 184, 29 Kayser] ῥητορικώτατον καὶ δεινόν; Longus, Past. 4, 17 βουκόλος ἦν Ἀγχίσης καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτὸν Ἀφροδίτη) κ. σὺ ἔρχῃ πρὸς μέ; and yet you come to me? Mt 3:14; cp. 6:26; 10:29; Mk 12:12; J 1:5, 10; 3:11, 32; 5:40; 6:70; 7:28; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:9; Hb 3:9 (Ps 94:9); Rv 3:1. So also, connecting what is unexpected or otherw. noteworthy with an attempt of some kind (JBlomqvist, Das sogennante και adversativum ’79): but ζητεῖ κ. οὐχ εὑρίσκει but he finds none (no resting place) Mt 12:43. ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν κ. οὐχ εἶδαν but did not see (it) 13:17; cp. 26:60; Lk 13:7; 1 Th 2:18. Cp. GJs 18:3 (not pap). Perhaps Mk 5:20. Introducing a contrasting response καὶ ἀποδώσεις μοι Hv 2, 1, 3.

θ. to introduce an abrupt question, which may often express wonder, ill-will, incredulity, etc. (B-D-F §442, 8. For older lit. exx. of this usage s. Kühner-G. II p. 247f; for later times EColwell, The Gk. of the Fourth Gospel ’31, 87f): κ. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο; how have I deserved this? Lk 1:43. κ. τίς; who then? Mk 10:26; Lk 10:29; J 9:36. καὶ τί γέγονεν ὅτι … ; how does it happen that … ? 14:22. καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις … ; how is it, then, that you say … J 14:9 v.l. W. a protasis εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, κ. τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με; for if I make you sad, who then will cheer me up? 2 Cor 2:2 (cp. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 43; 44 εἰ [ὁ θεὸς] ψεύδεται, καὶ τίς ἀληθεύει;). Thus Phil 1:22 is prob. to be punctuated as follows (s. ADebrunner, GGA 1926, 151): εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτο μοι καρπὸς ἔργου, καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι; οὐ γνωρίζω but if living on here means further productive work, then which shall I choose? I really don’t know. καὶ πῶς αὐτοῦ υἱός ἐστιν; how, then, is he his son? Lk 20:44 (cp. Gen 39:9).

ι. to introduce a parenthesis (Eur., Orest. 4, Hel. 393; X., Equ. 11, 2.—B-D-F §465, 1; Rob. 1182) κ. ἐκωλύθην ἄρχι τοῦ δεῦρο but so far I have been prevented Ro 1:13.

ⓒ oft. explicative; i.e., a word or clause is connected by means of καί w. another word or clause, for the purpose of explaining what goes before it and so, that is, namely (PPetr II, 18 [1], 9 πληγὰς … καὶ πλείους=blows … indeed many of them.—Kühner-G. II 247; B-D-F §442, 9; Rob. 1181; Mlt-Turner 335) χάριν κ. ἀποστολήν grace, that is, the office of an apostle Ro 1:5. ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα καὶ τὰ τ. δαιμονιζομένων they told everything, namely what had happened to those who were possessed Mt 8:33. καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος that is, grace upon grace J 1:16. Cp. 1 Cor 3:5; 15:38.—Mt 21:5.—Other explicative uses are καὶ οὗτος, καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ ταῦτα (the first and last are in earlier Gk.: Hdt., X. et al.; s. Kühner-G. I 647; II 247) and, also ascensive and indeed, and at that Ἰ. Χρ., καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον J. Chr., (and) indeed him on the cross 1 Cor 2:2. καὶ τοῦτο Ro 13:11; 1 Cor 6:6, 8; Eph 2:8. καὶ ταῦτα w. ptc. and to be sure Hb 11:12. See B-D-F §290, 5; 425, 1; 442, 9.—The ascensive force of καί is also plain in Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον a Roman citizen, and uncondemned at that Ac 22:25. ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν an hour is coming, indeed it is already here J 5:25. προσέθηκεν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν καὶ κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ added this on top of everything else, namely to put John in prison Lk 3:20.

ⓓ After πολύς and before a second adj. καί is pleonastic fr. the viewpoint of modern lang. (earlier Gk.: Hom. et al. [Kühner-G. II 252, 1]; cp. Cebes 1, 1 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα ἀναθήματα; 2, 3; B-D-F §442, 11) πολλὰ … κ. ἄλλα σημεῖα many other signs J 20:30 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 318). πολλὰ κ. βαρέα αἰτιώματα many severe charges Ac 25:7. πολλὰ … καὶ ἕτερα Lk 3:18 (cp. Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 6 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα). πολλοὶ καὶ ἀνυπότακτοι Tit 1:10.

ⓔ introducing someth. new, w. loose connection: Mt 4:23; 8:14, 23, 28; 9:1, 9, 27, 35; 10:1; 12:27; Mk 5:1, 21; Lk 8:26; J 1:19 and oft.

ⓕ καί … καί both … and, not only …, but also (Synes., Dreams 10 p. 141b καὶ ἀπιστεῖν ἔξεστι καὶ πιστεύειν.—B-D-F §444, 3; Rob. 1182; Mlt-Turner 335) connecting single expressions Mt 10:28; Mk 4:41; Ro 11:33; Phil 2:13; 4:12. κ. ἐν ὀλίγῳ κ. ἐν μεγάλῳ Ac 26:29. κ. ἅπαξ κ. δίς (s. ἅπαξ 1) Phil 4:16; 1 Th 2:18. Connecting whole clauses or sentences: Mk 9:13; J 7:28; 9:37; 12:28; 1 Cor 1:22. Introducing contrasts: although … yet (Anthol. VII, 676 Δοῦλος Ἐπίκτητος γενόμην καὶ σῶμʼ ἀνάπηρος καὶ πενίην ῏Ιρος καὶ φίλος ἀθανάτοις ‘I was Epictetus, a slave; crippled in body and an Iros [a beggar in Hom., Od.] in poverty, but dear to the Immortals’) J 15:24; Ac 23:3. καὶ … κ. οὐ Lk 5:36; J 6:36. καὶ οὐ … καί 17:25; κ. … κ. now … now Mk 9:22. On τὲ … καί s. τέ 2c. Somet. w. ἤ q.v. 1aβ.—HCadbury, Superfluous καί in the Lord’s Prayer (i.e. Mt 6:12) and Elsewhere: Munera Studiosa (=WHatch Festschr.) ’46.

② marker to indicate an additive relation that is not coordinate to connect clauses and sentences, also, likewise, funct. as an adv.

ⓐ simply κ. τὴν ἄλλην the other one also Mt 5:39; cp. vs. 40; 6:21; 12:45; Mk 1:38; 2:26; 8:7 and oft. Freq. used w. pronouns κἀγώ (q.v.). καὶ σύ Mt 26:73. κ. ὑμεῖς 20:4, 7; Lk 21:31; J 7:47 and oft. κ. αὐτός (s. αὐτός 1f).

ⓑ intensive: even Mt 5:46f; 10:30; Mk 1:27; Lk 10:17; J 14:9 v.l.; Ac 5:39; 22:28; Ro 9:24 (ἀλλὰ καί); 1 Cor 2:10; 2 Cor 1:8; Gal 2:17; Eph 5:12; Phlm 21; Hb 7:25; 1 Pt 4:19 (but s. d below); Jd 23; Hs 5, 2, 10; 7:1; ἔτι καὶ νῦν Dg 2:3. CBlackman, JBL 87, ’68, 203f would transl. Ro 3:26b: … even in the act of declaring righteous (cp. the gen. abs. Polemon Soph. B 14 Reader καὶ Δάτιδος ἀποπλέοντος=even though Datis was sailing away). In formulas expressing a wish: ὄφελον καί if only, would that Gal 5:12. In connection w. a comparative: κ. περισσότερον προφήτου one who is even more than a prophet Mt 11:9. κ. μείζονα ποιήσει J 14:12.

ⓒ In sentences denoting a contrast καί appears in var. ways, somet. in both members of the comparison, and oft. pleonastically, to our way of thinking καθάπερ …, οὕτως καί as …, thus also 2 Cor 8:11. ὥσπερ …, οὕτως καί (Hyperid. 1, 2, 5–8) Ro 5:19; 11:30f; 1 Cor 11:12; 15:22; Gal 4:29. ὡς …, οὕτως καί Ro 5:15, 18. ὸ̔ν τρόπον …, οὕτως καί 2 Ti 3:8.—οὕτως καί thus also Ro 6:11. ὡσαύτως καί in the same way also 1 Cor 11:25. ὁμοίως καί (Jos., Bell. 2, 575) J 6:11; Jd 8. ὡς καί Ac 11:17; 1 Cor 7:7; 9:5. καθὼς καί Ro 15:7; 1 Cor 13:12; 2 Cor 1:14; Eph 4:17. καθάπερ καί Ro 4:6; 2 Cor 1:14.—καί can also stand alone in the second member w. the mng. so also, so. ὡς … καί Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20. καθὼς … καί Lk 6:31 v.l.; J 6:57; 13:15; 1 Cor 15:49.—οἷος …, τοιοῦτος καί 1 Cor 15:48. After a comp. ὅσῳ καί by so much also Hb 8:6. καί is found in both members of the comparison (s. Kühner-G. II 256; 2 Macc 2:10; 6:14) Ro 1:13; 1 Th 2:14. καθὼς καὶ … οὕτως καί Col 3:13 (cp. Hyperid. 1, 40, 20–25 ὥσπερ καὶ … οὕτω καί; 3, 38).

ⓓ w. expressions that introduce cause or result, here also pleonastic to a considerable degree διὰ τοῦτο καί for this reason (also) Lk 11:49; J 12:18. διὸ καί Lk 1:35; Ac 10:29; Ro 4:22; Hb 13:12. εἰς τοῦτο καί 2 Cor 2:9. ὥστε καί 1 Pt 4:19 (but this pass. may well fit in b). ὅθεν καί Hb 7:25; 11:19.

ⓔ after an interrogative (as Thu., X., et al.; s. Kühner-G. II 255. S. also B-D-F §442, 14) at all, still ἱνατί καὶ τ. γῆν καταργεῖ; Lk 13:7. τί καί; (Hyperid. 3, 14 τί καὶ ἀδικεῖ; what kind of wrong, then, is he committing?) τί καὶ ἐλπίζει; why does he still (need to) hope? Ro 8:24. v.l. τί καὶ βαπτίζονται; why are they baptized (at all)? 1 Cor 15:29; cp. vs. 30.

ⓕ used w. a relative, it oft. gives greater independence to the foll. relative clause: Mk 3:14; Lk 10:30; J 11:2 v.l.; Ac 1:3, 11; 7:45; 10:39; 11:30; 12:4; 13:22; 28:10; Ro 9:24; 1 Cor 11:23; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29 al.

ⓖ used pleonastically w. prep.

α. μετά (BGU 412, 6 μετὰ καὶ τ. υἱοῦ) Phil 4:3.

β. σύν (ins in PASA III 612; PFay 108; BGU 179, 19; 515, 17) 1 Cl 65:1.—Dssm., NB 93 (BS 265f).

ⓗ w. double names ὁ καί who is also called … (the earliest ex. in a fragment of Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 15, 51 p. 469, 23 Jac. ῏Ωχος καὶ Δαρειαῖος [s. Hatch 141]; OGI 565; 574; 583; 589; 603; 604; 620; 623; 636; POxy 45; 46; 54; 101; 485; 1279; PFay 30; BGU 22, 25; 36, 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 240; 5, 85; 12, 285; 13, 320; 18, 35. Further material in WSchmid, Der Atticismus III 1893, 338; Dssm., B 181ff [BS 313–17]. Lit. in B-D-F §268, 1) Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9. Ἰγνάτιος, ὁ καὶ Θεοφόρος ins of all the letters of Ign.

ⓘ with other particles

α. καὶ γάρ for (s. γάρ 1b).—καὶ γὰρ … ἀλλά (or granted that … but) 2 Cor 13:4; Phil 2:27.—καὶ γὰρ οὐ(κ): neither 1 Cor 11:9; for even … not 2 Cor 3:10.

β. καί γε (without intervening word [opp. earlier Gk, e.g. Pla., Phd. 58d; Rep. 7, 531a]: Hippocr., Septim. 9, VII 450 Littré; Cornutus p. 40, 12; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; Rhetor Apsines [III A.D.] p. 332, 17 Hammer; TestReub 4:4 al.; for גָּם always in Theod. [DBarthélemy, Les devanciers d’Aquila ’63, 31ff]), weakened force: (if) only or at least Lk 19:42 v.l.; intensive: indeed (Jos. Ant 29, 19) Ac 2:18 (J 3:2 v.l.; Mel., P. 30, 207); Hm 8:5; 9:9. καί γε οὐ μακράν= and indeed God is not far Ac 17:27.—Kühner-G. II 176b; Schwyzer II 561; B-D-F §439, 2; Rdm.² 35–37.

γ. καὶ … δέ and also, but also (s. δέ 5b).

δ. καίτοι (Il. 13, 267 et al., ins, pap; 4 Macc 2:6; 5:18; 7:13; Ath. 8, 1 al.; Mel., P. 58, 422) particle (B-D-F §425, 1; 450, 3; Rob. 1129 and 1154) w. finite verb (Chion, Ep. 3, 1; Jos. Ant. 5, 78) yet, on the other hand Ac 14:17. W. gen. abs. foll. (BGU 850, 4 [76 A.D.] καίτοι ἐμοῦ σε πολλὰ ἐρωτήσαντος; 898, 26; Philo, Vi. Mos. 1, 20; Jos., Ant. 2, 321; Ath. 19, 2; 25, 2) Hb 4:3.—καίτοι γε or καί τοι γε (since Aristoph., Ach. 611; but esp. in later Gk. [cp. Schwyzer II 561; MMeister, De Aiocho dial., Breslau diss. 1915 p. 31, 5]; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 364b; Jos., Bell. 1, 7, Ant. 5, 36; Epict. 3, 24, 90; Just., A II, 11, 2; D. 7, 3; Ath. 3, 1; 22, 7; SIG 685, 76 and 82 [139 B.C.]) although J 4:2; Ac 14:17 v.l.; Dg 8:3. W. part. foll. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 230; Mel., P. 58, 422) AcPt Ox 849, 18.—Kühner-G. II 151f; B-D-F §439, 1; 450, 3.—For ἀλλὰ κ., δὲ και, ἐὰν κ., εἰ κ., ἢ κ. s. ἀλλά, δέ, ἐάν, εἰ, ἤ.—ERobson, KAI-Configurations in the Gk. NT, 3 vols. diss. Syracuse ’79. LfgrE s.v. καί col. 1273f (lit.). DELG. M-M. EDNT.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καί
7 अति _ati

अति ind. [अत्-इ]

1 A prefix used with adjectives and adverbs, meaning 'very', 'too', 'exceedingly', 'excessively', 'very much', and showing उत्कर्ष; Sur- passing, superior अत्याश्रमानयं सर्वानू Mb.12.12.6. नातिदूरे not very far from; ˚कृश very lean; ˚भृशम् +very much; also with verbs or verbal forms; ˚सिक्तमेव भवता Sk.; स्वभावो ह्यतिरिच्यते &c.

-2 (With verbs) Over, beyond; अति-इ go beyond, overstep; so ˚क्रम् ˚चर् ˚वह् &c. In this case अति is regarded as a preposition उपसर्ग.

-3 (a) (With nouns or pronouns) Beyond, past, sur- passing, superior to, eminent, respectable, distingui- shed, higher, above, (used with acc. as a कर्मप्रवचनीय, or as first member of Bah. or Tat. Comp. ज्याशब्दस्तावुभौ शब्दावति रामस्य शुश्रुवे Rām. 6.75.37. in which last case it has usually the sense of eminence or higher degree: अतिगो, ˚गार्ग्यः, = प्रशस्ता गौः, शोभनो गार्ग्यः; ˚राजन् an excellent king; or the sense of अतिक्रान्त must be understood with the latter member which will then stand in the accusative case; अतिमर्त्यः = मर्त्यमतिक्रान्तः; ˚मालः, अतिक्रान्तो मालाम्; so अतिकाय, ˚केशर, q. v.):, अत्यादित्यं + हुतवहमुखे संभृतं तद्धि तेजः Me 1.45. Surpassing the sun. अति देवानू कृष्णः Sk.; मानुषानतिगन्धर्वान् सर्वान्गन्धर्व लक्षये /Mb; ˚मानुषं कर्म a deed which is beyond human power, i. e. a superhuman action; ˚कशः past the whip (as a horse), unmanageable; ˚त्यद् surpassing that; ˚त्वाम्, ˚त्वान् him or them that surpasses or surpass thee, so ˚मां, ˚यूयं +&c. +(b) (With nouns derived from roots) Extravagant, exaggerated, inordinate, excessive, extraordinary; e. g. ˚आदरः excessive regard; ˚आशा extravagant hope; so + ˚भयं, ˚तृष्णा, ˚आनन्दः &c. &c.; अतिदानाद् बलिर्बद्धो नष्टो मानात्सुयोधनः । विनष्टो रावणो लौल्यादति सर्वत्र वर्जयेत् ॥ cf. 'ex- tremes are ever bad.' (c) Unfit, idle, improper, in the sense of असंप्रति or क्षेप 'censure'; अतिनिद्रम् = निद्रा सम्प्रति न युज्यते Sk. The गणरत्नमहोदधि gives the following senses of अतिः--विक्रमातिक्रमाबुद्धिभृशार्थातिशयेष्वति । e. g. अतिरथः रथाधिकं विक्रमवान्; ˚मतिः बुद्ध्यतिक्रमः; ˚गहनं वुद्धेरविषयः; ˚तप्तं भृशतप्तं; ˚वेगः अतिशयितो वेगः. Cf. also प्रकर्षे लङ्घने$प्यति Nm.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > अति _ati
8 adaeque

ADV

equally, to same extent; so much; also, likewise, in a like manner

Latin-English dictionary > adaeque
9 GÖRA

ð, also spelt görva, giörva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. gøra, not gra (the ø was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt; and the insertion of i or j (giöra, gjöra), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in old, is phonetic, not radical, and göra and gjöra represent the same sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut., and Danske Runemind. passim; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS., e. g. the Kb. of Sæm. (cited from Bugge’s Edit.), gorva, Am. 75, Skv. 1. 34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9; giorfa, 28; gorvir, Hkv. Hjörv. 41; gørvom, Hým. 6; gorviz, Am. 35; gerviz, Merl. 2. 89:—this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, Hým. 1, Og. 23, Ls. 65; gera, Am. 85; gorir, Hm. 114: the pret. always drops the v, gorþi, Hym. 21; gorðo or gorþo, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorðumz, Hðm. 28; gerþi, Am. 74; gerþit, 26:—with i inserted, Rm. 9, 22; giordu, 11; in the Mork. freq. giavra. The ö is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the common form in speech, gjöra in writing:—the old pres. indic. used by the poets and in the laws is monosyllabic görr, with suffixed negative, görr-a, Hkr. i. (in a verse); mod. bisyllabic görir, which form is also the usual one in the Sagas:—the old part. pass. was görr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix. 498, x. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir: dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially = sic facto: the mod. part. gjörðr, gerðr, görðr, as a regular part. of the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th century, e. g. Bs. i. 877, l. 21. [This is a Scandin. word; Dan. gjöre; Swed. göra; Old Engl. and Scot. gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin, the Saxon word being do, the Germ. thun, neither of which is used in the Scandin.; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though used in a different sense; A. S. gervan and gearvjan = parare; O. H. G. karwan; Germ. gerben, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv. gar, vide above s. v. gör-.] To make, to do; the Icel. includes both these senses.

A. To make:

I. to build, work, make, etc.; göra himin ok jörð, 623. 36, Hom. 100; göra hús, to build a house, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384; göra kirkju, Bjarn. 39; göra skip, N. G. L. i. 198; göra langskip, Eg. 44; göra stólpa, Al. 116; göra tól (= smíða), Vsp. 7; göra (fingr)-gull, Bs. i. 877; göra haug, to build a cairn, Eg. 399; göra lokhvílu, Dropl. 27; göra dys, Ld. 152; göra kistu ( coffin), Eg. 127; göra naust, N. G. L. i. 198; göra jarðhús, Dropl. 34; göra veggi, Eg. 724: also, göra bók, to write a book, Íb. 1, Rb. 384; göra kviðling, to make a song, Nj. 50; göra bréf, to draw up a deed ( letter), Fms. ix. 22; göra nýmæli, to frame a law, Íb. 17.

2. adding prep.; göra upp, to repair, rebuild, restore, Fb. ii. 370; göra upp Jórsala-borg, Ver. 43; göra upp skála, Ld. 298; göra upp leiði, to build up a grave.

II. to make, prepare, get ready; göra veizlu, drykkju, brúðkaup, erfi, and poët. öl, öldr, to make a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; göra seið, blót, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; göra bú, to set up a house, Grág. i. 185, Ld. 68; göra eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. Þ. K. 88; göra rekkju, to make one’s bed, Eg. 236; göra upp hvílur, Sturl. ii. 124; göra graut, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349; göra drykk, to make a drink, Fms. i. 8; göra kol, or göra til kola, to make charcoal, Ölk. 35.

III. in somewhat metaph. phrases; göra ferð, to make a journey, Fms. x. 281; görði heiman för sína, he made a journey from home, Eg. 23; göra sinn veg, to make one’s way, travel, Mar.; göra uppreisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416; göra úfrið, to make war, 656 C. 15; göra sátt, göra frið, to make peace, Hom. 153, Bs. i. 24; göra féskipti, Nj. 118; göra tilskipan, to make an arrangement, Eg. 67; göra ráð sitt, to make up one’s mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 21; göra hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348.

2. to make, give, pay, yield; göra tíund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180; hann skal göra Guði tíunda hlut verðsins, id.; göra ölmusu, to give alms, 64; göra ávöxt, to yield fruit, Greg. 48; gefa né göra ávöxt, Stj. 43; göra konungi skatt eða skyld, Fms. xi. 225.

3. to contract; göra vináttu, félagskap, to contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29; göra skuld, to contract a debt, Grág. i. 126: göra ráð með e-m, to take counsel with, advise one, Eg. 12; göra ráð fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; göra mun e-s, to make a difference, i. 255, Eb. 106.

4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere; sex tigir penninga göra eyri, sixty pence make an ounce, Grág. i. 500, Rb. 458.

5. to grant, render; göra kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6, Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood); vil ek at þér gerit kostinn, Nj. 3; ok megit þér fyrir því göra ( grant) honum kostinn, 49, 51; göra e-m lög, to grant the law to one, 237; göra guðsifjar, to make ‘gossip’ with one, to be one’s godfather, Fms. ii. 130.

6. special usages; göra spott, háð, gabb, … at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a thing, Fms. x. 124; göra iðran, to do penance, Greg. 22; göra þakkir, to give thanks, Hom. 55; göra róm at máli e-s, to cheer another’s speech, shout hear, hear! var görr at máli hans mikill rómr ok góðr, his speech was much cheered, Nj. 250,—a parliamentary term; the Teutons cheered, the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ.

7. with prepp.; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; láta af ( to kill) ok göra til ( and dress), K. Þ. K. 80, Ísl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31, Finnb. 228; göra til nyt, to churn milk, K. Þ. K. 78; göra til sverð, to wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; máttu þeir eigi sjá, hversu Þorvaldr var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19.

β. göra at e-u, to mend, make good, put right (at-görð), ek skal at því gera, Fms. xi. 153, Eg. 566, Nj. 130: to heal, Bárð. 171, Eg. 579, Grág. i. 220; göra at hesti, K. Þ. K. 54, Nj. 74: göra við e-u, vide B. II.

8. adding acc. of an adj., part., or the like; göra mun þat margan höfuðlausan, Nj. 203; göra mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett. 133, Fms. x. 329; göra e-n sáttan, to reconcile one, Grág. i. 336; göra sér e-n kæran, to make one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209; göra sik líkan e-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258; göra sik góðan, to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78; göra sik reiðan, to take offence, 216; göra sér dælt, to make oneself at home, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj. 216; göra langmælt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316; göra skjót-kjörit, to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79; göra hólpinn, to ‘make holpen,’ to help, x. 314; göra lögtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i. 37; hann gerði hann hálshöggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488, v. l.; ok görðu þá handtekna alla at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40; várir vöskustu ok beztu menn era görfir handteknir, 41.

β. göra sér mikit um e-t, to make much of, admire, Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364; göra e-t at ágætum, to make famous, extol a thing, vii. 147; göra at orðum, to notice as remarkable, Fas. i. 123; göra at álitum, to take into consideration, Nj. 3; göra sér úgetið at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134; göra vart við sik, to make one’s presence noticed, Eg. 79; göra sér mikit, lítið fyrir, to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 234; göra sér í hug, to brood over; hann gerði sér í hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar lund, to fancy, think: göra af sér, to exert oneself, ef þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, Edda 32; hvárt hann var með Eiríki jarli, eðr görði hann annat af sér, or what else he was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.

9. phrases, gera fáleika á sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; esp. adding upp, gera sér upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-gerð, dissimulation); göra sér til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerð, foppishness.)

B. To do:

I. to do, act; allt þat er hann gerir síðan ( whatever he does), þat á eigandi at ábyrgjask, Gþl. 190; þér munut fátt mæla eðr gera, áðr yðr munu vandræði af standa, i. e. whatsoever you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91; göra e-t með harðfengi ok kappi, 98; ger svá vel, ‘do so well,’ be so kind! 111; gerit nú svá, góði herra (please, dear lord!), þiggit mitt heilræði, Fms. vii. 157: and in mod. usage, gerið þér svo vel, gerðu svo vel, = Engl. please, do! sagði, at hann hafði með trúleik gört, done faithfully, Eg. 65; göra gott, to do good; göra íllt, to do evil, (góð-görð, íll-görð); ok þat var vel gört, well done, 64; geyrða ek hotvetna íllt, I did evil in all things, Niðrst. 109; hefir hann marga hluti gört stór-vel til mín, he has done many things well towards me, I have received many great benefits at his hands, Eg. 60: with dat., svá mikit gott sem jarl hefir mér gert, Nj. 133; þér vilda ek sízt íllt göra, I would least do harm to thee, 84: göra fúlmennsku, to do a mean act, 185; göra vel við e-n, to do well to one, Fs. 22; göra stygð við e-n, to offend one, Fms. x. 98; göra sæmiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71; göra sóma e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155; göra e-m gagn, to give help to one, Nj. 262; göra e-m sæmd, skomm, to do ( shew) honour, dishonour, to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; göra háðung, xi. 152; göra styrk, to strengthen one, ix. 343; göra e-m skapraun, to tease one; göra ósóma, Vápn. 19; göra skaða ( scathe), Eg. 426; göra óvina-fagnað, to give joy to one’s enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 112; göra til skaps e-m, to conform to one’s wishes, 80; gerum vér sem faðir vár vill, let us do as our father wishes, 198; vel má ek gera þat til skaps föður míns at brenna inni með honum, id.; göra at skapi e-s, id., 3; var þat mjök gert móti mínu skapi, Fms. viii. 300; gera til saka við e-n, to offend, sin against one, Nj. 80; gera á hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vígl. 25; göra ílla fyrir sér, to behave badly, Fms. vii. 103.

II. adding prep.; göra til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-görð, desert, behaviour); hvat hafðir þú til gört, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130; framarr en ek hefi til gört, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300; ok hafit þér Danir heldr til annars gört, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. 192, Hom. 159:—göra eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90:—göra við e-u (cp. við-görð, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190; er úhægt at göra við ( to resist) atkvæðum, Fs. 22; ok mun ekki mega við því gera, Nj. 198:—göra af við e-n (cp. af-görð, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek hefi engan hlut af gört við þik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241; ok iðrask nú þess er hann hefir af gert, 300; göra af við Guð, to sin against God, Hom. 44.

2. special usages; göra … at, to do so and so; spurði, hvat hann vildi þá láta at gera, he asked what he would have done, Nj. 100; hann gerði þat eina at, er hann átti, he did only what be ought, 220; þeir Flosi sátu um at rengja, ok gátu ekki at gert, F. tried, and could do nothing, 115, 242; þér munut ekki fá at gert, fyrr en …, 139; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199; mikit hefir þú nú at gert, much hast thou now done ( it is a serious matter), 85; er nú ok mikit at gert um manndráp siðan, 256; hann vildi taka vöru at láni, ok göra mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70; Svartr hafði höggit skóg ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slíkt gerir at er sölin etr, so it happens with those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed, Eg. 605.

β. göra af e-u, to do so and so with a thing; hvat hafið ér gert af Gunnari, Njarð. 376; ráð þú draumana, vera má at vér gerim af nokkut, may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gör af drauminum slíkt er þér þykkir líkligast, do with the dream ( read it) as seems to thee likeliest, Ísl. ii. 196: göra við e-n, to do with one; þá var um rætt, hvað við þá skyldi göra, what was to be done with them? Eg. 232; ærnar eru sakir til við Egil, hvat sem eg læt göra við hann, 426; eigi veit ek hvat þeir hafa síðan við gört, 574: göra fyrir e-t, to provide; Jón var vel fjáreigandi, ok at öllu vel fyrir gört, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl. iii. 195; þótt Björn sé vel vígr maðr, þá er þar fyrir gört, því at …, but that is made up, because …: fyrir göra (q. v.), to forfeit.

C. METAPH. AND SPECIAL USAGES:

I. to do, help, avail; nú skulum vér ganga allir á vald jarlsins, því at oss gerir eigi annat, nothing else will do for us, Nj. 267; þat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84; en ek kann ekki ráð til at leggja ef þetta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konungr vill þat eigi, þvi at mér gerir þat eigi ( it will not do for me) at þér gangit hér upp, x. 357; þat gerir mér ekki, at þér gangit á Orminn, … en hitt má vera at mér komi at gagni, ii. 227; þóttisk þá vita, at honum mundi ekki gera ( it would do nothing) at biðja fyrir honum, Fb. i. 565; engum gerði við hann at keppa, 571; ekki gerði þeim um at brjótask, Bárð. 10 new Ed.; sagða ek yðr eigi, at ekki mundi gera at leita hans, Sks. 625; hvat gerir mér nú at spyrja, Stj. 518; ekki gerir at dylja, no use hiding it, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; ætla þat at fáir þori, enda geri engum, Band. 7; bæði var leitað til annarra ok heima, ok gerði ekki, but did no good, 4; hét hann þeim afarkostum, ok gerði þat ekki, but it did no good, Fms. ii. 143.

II. to send, despatch, cp. the Engl. to ‘do’ a message; hann gerði þegar menn frá sér, Eg. 270; hann hafði gört menn sex á skóginn fyrir þá, 568; þá gerði Karl lið móti þeim, Fms. i. 108; jarl gerði Eirík at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314; hann gerði fram fyrir sik Álf á njósn, 488; hann gerði menn fyrir sér at segja konunginum kvámu sína, x. 10; hleypi-skúta var gör norðr til Þrándheims, vii. 206; jafnan gerði jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af þeim, ix. 312; vilja Ósvífrs-synir þegar gera til þeirra Kotkels, despatch them to slay K., Ld. 144; skulu vér nú göra í mót honum, ok láta hann engri njósn koma, 242:—göra eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero bað göra eptir postulunum ok leiða þangat, 656 C. 26; nú verðr eigi eptir gört at miðjum vetri, Grág. i. 421; frændr Bjarnar létu göra eptir (Germ. abholen) líki hans, Bjarn. 69; síðan gerðu þeir til klaustrs þess er jómfrúin var í, Fms. x. 102:—gera e-m orð, njósn, to do a message to one; hann gerði orð jörlum sínum, Eg. 270; ætluðu þeir at göra Önundi njósn um ferðir Egils, 386, 582; vóru þangat orð gör, word was sent thither, Hkr. ii. 228.

III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry and old prose (laws); ef hón gerði koma, if she did come, Völ. 5; gerðit vatn vægja, Am. 25; gramr gørr-at sér hlífa, he does not spare himself, Hkr. i. (in a verse); gerðut vægjask, id., Fs. (in a verse); hann gerðisk at höggva, Jb. 41; görðir at segja, Bkv. 15; görðisk at deyja, Gkv. 1. 1: in prose, eigi gerir hugr minn hlægja við honum, Fas. i. 122; góðir menn göra skýra sitt mál með sannsögli, 677. 12; Aristodemus görði eigi enn at trúa, Post.: esp. in the laws, ef þeir göra eigi ganga í rúm sín, Grág. i. 8; ef goðinn gerr eigi segja, 32; ef hann gerr eigi í ganga, 33; ef þeir göra eigi hluta meðr sér, 63; ef dómendr göra eigi dæma, 67; ef dómendr göra eigi við at taka, id.; ef goðinn gerr eigi ( does not) nefna féráns-dóm, 94; nú göra þeir menn eigi úmaga færa, 86; ef þeir göra eigi nefna kvöðina af búanum, Kb. ii. 163; ef þeir göra eigi segja, hvárt …, Sb. ii. 52; nú gerr sá eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96; göra eigi koma, 150; ef hann gerr eigi kjósa, § 113.

IV. a law term, göra um, or gera only, to judge or arbitrate in a case; fékksk þat af, at tólf menn skyldu göra um málit, Nj. 111; villt þú göra um málit, 21; bjóða mun ek at göra um, ok lúka upp þegar görðinni, 77; mun sá mála-hluti várr beztr, at góðir menn geri um, 88; málin vóru lagið í gerð, skyldu gera um tólf menn, var þá gert um málin á þingi, var þat gert, at … (follows the verdict), 88; vil ek at þú sættisk skjótt ok látir góða menn gera um …, at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvárra liði lögliga til nefndir, 188; Njáll kvaðsk eigi gera mundu nema á þingi, 105; þeir kváðusk þat halda mundu, er hann gerði, id.; skaltú gera sjálfr, 58; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, 120; ek vil bjóðask til at göra milli ykkar Þórðar um mál yðar, Bjarn. 55; Þorsteinn kvað þat þó mundi mál manna, at þeir hefði góða nefnd um sættir þótt hann görði, 56; nú er þegar slegit í sætt málinu með því móti, at Áskell skal göra um þeirra í milli, Rd. 248; er nú leitað um sættir milli þeirra, ok kom svá at þeir skulu göra um málin Þorgeirr goði frá Ljósa-vatni ok Arnórr ór Reykjahlíð, sú var görð þeirra at …, 288; svá kemr at Ljótr vill at Skapti görði af hans hendi, en Guðmundr vill sjálfr göra fyrir sína hönd, skyldi Skapti gerð upp segja, Valla L. 225; eigi hæfir þat, leitum heldr um sættir ok geri Þorgeirr um mál þessi, Lv. 12; var jafnt gört sár Þórðar ok sár Þórodds, Eb. 246; þær urðu mála-lyktir at Þórðr skyldi göra um …, 24; ok vóru þá görvar miklar fésektir, 128; var leitað um sættir, ok varð þat at sætt, at þeir Snorri ok Steindórr skyldi göra um, 212; þit erut gerfir héraðs-sekir sem íllræðis-menn, Fs. 58: göra görð, Sturl. i. 63, 105: adding the fine, to fix the amount, þat er gerð mín, at ek geri verð húss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and (stolen) stores, Nj. 80; gerði Njáll hundrað silfrs, N. put it at a hundred silver pieces, 58; margir mæltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was high, id.; slíkt fégjald sem gert var, 120; vilit ér nokkut héraðs-sektir göra eða utanferðir, 189; hann dæmdi þegar, ok görði hundrað silfrs, 6l; síðan bauð Bjarni Þorkatli sætt ok sjálfdæmi, görði Bjarni hundrað silfrs, Vápn. 31; ek göri á hönd Þóri hundrað silfrs, Lv. 55; ek göri á hönd þér hundrað silfrs, id.; vilit þér, at ek göra millum ykkar? síðan görði konungr konuna til handa Þórði ok öll fé hennar, Bjarn. 17; Rafn kvað hann mikit fé annat af sér hafa gört, at eigi þætti honum þat betra, Fs. 30; Gellir görði átta hundrað silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir þat gerði Börkr hinn digri af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn. 123: adding the case as object, Gunnarr gerði gerðina, G. gave judgment in the case, Nj. 80; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, till the other case was decided, 120; þá sætt er hann görði Haraldi jarli, that settlement which he made for earl Harold, Fms. viii. 300: Flosi var görr utan ok allir brennu-menn, F. was put out ( banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251: metaph., nema þau vili annat mál á gera, unless they choose to settle it otherwise, Grág. i. 336.

2. in the phrase, göra sekð, to make a case of outlawry, Grág. i. 118; eigi um görir sekð manns ella, else the outlawry takes no effect; en hann um görir eigi ella sekðina, else he cannot condemn him, 119.

3. to perform; eptir-gerðar þeirrar sem hverr nennti framast at gera eptir sinn náung, Fms. viii. 103; en þat grunaði konung, at hann mundi ætla at göra eptir sumar sættir, i. e. that he had some back door to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. Ó. H.); allt þat er þér gerit nú fyrir þeirra sálum, id.

V. special usages, to make allowance for; gera fóðr til fjár, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Ísl. ii. 138; hence, to suppose, en ef ek skal göra til fyrir fram ( suggest) hvat er hón (the code) segir mér, þá segi ek svá, at …, Fms. ix. 331; gera sér í hug, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar-lund, to fancy; göra e-m getsakir, to impute to one; gera orð á e-u, to report a thing; þat er ekki orð á því geranda, ‘tis not worth talking about; eigi þarf orð at göra hjá því (‘tis not to be denied), sjálfan stólkonunginn blindaði hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, l. c.); gera sér létt, to take a thing lightly, Am. 70; göra sér far um, to take pains; göra sér í hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.

D. IMPERS. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann görði fölvan í andliti, he turned pale, Glúm. 342; leysti ísinn ok görði varmt vatnið, the water became warm, 623. 34; veðr görði hvast, a gale arose, Eg. 128; hríð mikla gerði at þeim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267; þá gerði ok á hríð (acc.) veðrs, 281; féll veðrit ok gerði logn (acc.), and became calm, 372; görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, 600; til þess er veðr lægði ok ljóst gerði, and till it cleared up, 129; um nóttina gerði á æði-veðr ok útsynning, 195; görir á fyrir þeim hafvillur, they lost their course (of sailors), Finnb. 242; mér gerir svefnhöfugt, I grow sleepy, Nj. 264; þá görði vetr mikinn þar eptir hinn næsta, Rd. 248.

E. REFLEX, to become, grow, arise, and the like; þá görðisk hlátr, then arose laughter, Nj. 15; görðisk bardagi, it came to a fight, 62, 108; sá atburðr görðisk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; þau tíðendi er þar höfðu görzt, Ld. 152; gerðisk með þeim félagskapr, they entered into fellowship, Eg. 29; gerðisk svá fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10; Sigurðr konungr gerðisk ( grew up to be) ofstopa-maðr …, görðisk mikill maðr ok sterkr, Fms. vii. 238; hann görðisk brátt ríkr maðr ok stjórnsamr, xi. 223; Unnr görðisk þá mjök elli-móð, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12; sár þat er at ben görðisk, a law term, a wound which amounted to a bleeding wound, Nj. passim:—to be made, to become, görask konungr, to become king, Eg. 12; ok görðisk skáld hans, and became his skáld, 13; görðisk konungs hirðmaðr, 27; görask hans eigin-kona, to become his wedded wife, Fms. i. 3; at hann skyldi görask hálf-konungr yfir Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hrútr görask mágr þinn, Nj. 3; hann gerðisk síðan óvarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414.

2. with the prep. svá, to happen, come to pass so and so; svá görðisk, at …, it so happened, that …, Nj. 167; görðisk svá til, at …, Fms. x. 391; þá görðisk svá til um síðir, at…, at last it came to pass. that …, 392; enda vissi hann eigi, at þingför mundi af görask, in case he knew not that it would entail a journey to parliament, Grág. i. 46: with at added, to increase, þá görðisk þat mjök at um jarl ( it grew even worse with the earl) at hann var úsiðugr um kvenna-far, görðisk þat svá mikit, at …, it grew to such a pitch, that …, Hkr. i. 245; hence the mod. phrase, e-ð á-görist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the like, never in a good sense.

3. impers. with dat., honum gerðisk ekki mjök vært, he felt restless, Ld. 152; næsta gerisk mér kynlegt, I feel uneasy, Finnb. 236.

4. to behave, bear oneself; Páll görðisk hraustliga í nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13.

5. to set about doing, be about; fám vetrum síðan görðisk hann vestr til Íslands, Fms. x. 415; maðr kom at honum ok spurði, hvat hann gerðisk, what he was about, Ó. H. 244; görðisk jarl til Ribbunga, Fms. ix. 312, v. l.; tveir menn görðusk ferðar sinnar, two men set out for a journey, x. 279; görðusk menn ok eigi til þess at sitja yfir hlut hans, Eg. 512; at þessir menn hafa görzk til svá mikils stórræðis, Fms. xi. 261; eigi treystusk menn at görask til við hann, Bárð. 160.

6. (mod.) to be; in such phrases as, eins og menn nú gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.

F. PART. PASS. görr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gjörr, gerr, as adj., compar. görvari, superl. görvastr; [A. S. gearu; gare, Chaucer, Percy’s Ballads; O. H. G. garwe; Germ. gar]:—skilled, accomplished; vaskligr, at sér görr, Ld. 134; vel at sér görr, Ísl. ii. 326, Gísl. 14; gerr at sér um allt, Nj. 51; hraustir ok vel at sér görvir, Eg. 86; at engi maðr hafi gervari at sér verit en Sigurðr, Mork. 221; allra manna snjallastr í máli ok görvastr at sér, Hkr. iii. 360: the phrase, leggja görva hönd á e-t, to set a skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing; svá hagr, at hann lagði allt á görva hönd, Fas. i. 391, (á allt görva hönd, iii. 195.)

2. ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til geyrs (i. e. görs, not geirs) at taka, ‘tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 17; ganga til görs, to have it ready made for one, Ld. 96; gör gjöld, prompt punishment, Lex. Poët.:—with infin., gerr at bjóða, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild spirits, Hom. 11; görvar at ríða, Vsp. 24: with gen. of the thing, gerr ílls hugar, prone to evil, Hým. 9; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, Þd. 3; skulut þess görvir, be ready for that! Am. 55.

II. [cp. görvi, Engl. gear], done, dressed; svá görvir, so ‘geared,’ so trussed, Am. 40.

III. adverb. phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done; verða menn þat þó so-gurt at hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be had, Hrafn. 9; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L. i. 35, Nj. 141; kvað eigi so-gort duga, 123, v. l.; at (með) so-guru, this done, quo facto, Skv. 1. 24, 40; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re infecta. Germ. unverrichteter sache, Eg. 155, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 202; enda siti um so-gort, and now let it stand, Skálda 166; við so-gurt, id., 655 vii. 4; á so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Ölk. 36, Fas. i. 85.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GÖRA
10 -ndur

also -dur, ending in some names, like Eärendur; as noted by Christopher Tolkien in the Silmarillion Appendix it has much the same meaning as -ndil "friend"; yet -ndur properly means "servant of" SA:noundil, "as one serves a legitimate master: cf. Q. arandil king's friend, royalist, beside arandur 'king's servant, minister'. But these often coincide: e.g. Sam's relation to Frodo can be viewed either as in status -ndur, in spirit -ndil." Letters:286

Quettaparma Quenyallo (Quenya-English) > -ndur
11 kauru

Also waitau

Steamed (in a hangi) root of the Cabbage Tree. A nutritious parsnip-shaped vegetable. The para or fecula contained in the tap-root and trunk of Cordyline australis and some other species (Best 1942) There is a detailed account in Best 1942: 87-88 of the harvesting and preparation of käuru by Ngai Tahu and Ngäti Mamoe. The annual task continued until 3 years after the arrival of Matara (W. B. D. Mantell), when the Europeans had much increased in numbers and the käuru producing lands had been swept by fire and everything destroyed (Best 1942). The para rubbed from the fibre was mixed with water in a bowl. Known as waitau. Resembled jam in sweetness and consistency.

Maori-English dictionary > kauru
12 kawaka

Also kaikawaka, pahautea (nz cedar)

libocedrus plumosa

This NZ cedar tree grows to 25m. It is common around Rotorua and Nelson. Wood fine-grained, often beautifully marked, dark red in colour, durable, easily worked, suitable for furniture as well as general building work, but too scarce to be of much commercial value.

Maori-English dictionary > kawaka
13 moltus

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > moltus
14 multi

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > multi
15 multus

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > multus
16 plurimum

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > plurimum
17 πολύς

πολύς, [dialect] Att. πολλή, πολύ; gen. πολλοῦ, ῆς, ou=; dat. πολλῷ, ῇ, ῷ; acc. πολύν, πολλήν, πολύ:—[dialect] Ion. [full] πολλός Anacr.43.3,

A πολλή, πολλόν Xenoph.9
, Democr.219, Hp.VM1, Herod.3.19; also in Trag., S.Ant.86, Tr. 1196; acc. πολλόν, πολλήν, πολλόν: Hdt. uses the [dialect] Ion. forms, but codd. have πολύν 2.121
.δ, 3.57, v.l. in 6.125, πολύ 2.106
,3.38,6.72,7.46, 160 ( πολύ also in Heraclit.114, Democr. 244):—both sets of forms are found in [dialect] Ep., also gen. sg. πολέος Il.4.244
, etc.: nom. pl. πολέες 2.417
, al., once [var] contr. πολεῖς 11.708
; gen. πολέων (trisyll.) 5.691, (disyll.) 16.655; dat. πολέσι 10.262
,al.; πολέσσι 13.452
, al.; πολέεσσι 9.73
, Od.5.54, Hes.Op. 119, etc.; acc. πολέας (trisyll.) Il.3.126, etc., (disyll.) 1.559,2.4, Hes.Op. 580 (freq. with v.l. πολεῖς Il.15.66, etc.); in later [dialect] Ep. πολέες is used as fem., Call.Del.28, also πολέας Id.Dian.42
, A.R.3.21; neut. πολέα Q.S.1.74
(v. infr.):—[dialect] Ep. also have [full] πουλύς (once in Hes., Th. 190, also Thgn. 509, sts. fem. in Hom., πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρήν Il.10.27
, ἠέρα πουλύν 5.776
), neut. πουλύ Od.19.387
; these forms are found in codd. of Hp. and Aret. (who uses πολύ, πουλύ and πολλόν in neut.), but not in Hdt.:— Lyr. and Trag. (lyr.) sts. use [dialect] Ep. forms, dat. sg. πολεῖ A.Supp. 745
; nom. pl. πολέες B.10.17
; neut. πολέα A.Ag. 723
; πολέων E.Hel. 1332
(fem., B.5.100); dat. pl. πολέσι E.IT 1263
. [ῠalways.]

I of Number, many, Il.2.417, etc.; ἐκ πολλῶν, opp. ἐξὀλίγων, Hes.Th. 447; τριηκόντων ἐτέων πόλλ' ἀπολείπων wanting many of thirty years, Id.Op. 696; παρῆσάν τινες, καὶ πολλοί γε Pl.Phd. 58d
; οὐ πολλοί τινες A.Pers. 510
: with Nouns of multitude, πουλὺς ὅμιλος Od.8.109
; πλῆθος πολλόν Hdt.1.141
; ἔθνος πολλόν Id.4.22
; later πουλὺ.. ἐπ' ἔτος many a year, AP6.235 (Thall.); π. ἦν ὁ καταπλέων Plb.15.26.10
; of anything often repeated, περὶ σέο λόγος ἀπῖκται π. Hdt.1.30
; πολλὸν ἦν τοῦτο τὸ ἔπος Id.2.2
, cf. 3.137, etc.; πολὺ.. τὸ σὸν ὄνομα διήκει πάντας S.OC 305
;
τούτῳ πολλῷ χρήσεται τῷ λόγῳ
often, D.21.29
; τοῦτο ἐπιεικῶς πολὺ νῦν ἐστι is fairly frequent, Luc.Hist.Conscr.15.

2 of Size, Degree, Intensity, much, mighty, ὄμβρος, νιφετός, Il.10.6; π. ὕπνος Od.15.394
; πῦρ.. π. 10.359
; π. ὑμέναιος a loud song, Il.18.493; π. ὀρυμαγδός, ῥοῖζος, etc., 2.810, Od.9.315, etc.; π. ἀνάγκη strong necessity, E.Ph. 1674; π. γέλως, βοή, much or great, S.Aj. 303, 1149; μωρία ib. 745; ὄλβος, αἰδώς, A.Pers. 251, Ag. 948; ἀσφάλεια Th.2.11
; ἀλογία, εὐήθεια, Pl.Phd. 67e, Phdr. 275c, etc.

b rarely of a single person, great, mighty, μέγας καὶ πολλὸς ἐγένεο Hdt.7.14
, cf. E.Hipp.1; ὁ π. σοφιστής, στρατηγός, Chor.p.23 B., Id.in Rev.Phil.1.68; ὁ πάντα π. Id.p.27
B.; ὁ πολύς alone, of Hippocrates, Gal.19.530; of Trajan, Lyd.Mag.2.28; ῥώμην σώματος πολύς D.H.2.42
.

c joined with a Verb, Κύπρις γὰρ οὐ φορητός, ἢν πολλὴ ῥυῇ if she flow with full stream, metaph. from a river, E.Hipp. 443; θρασυνομένῳ καὶ πολλῷ ῥέοντι D. 18.136
; from the wind, ὡς π. ἔπνει καὶ λαμπρός was blowing strong and fresh, Id.25.57, cf. Ar.Eq. 760, AP11.49 (Even.): generally, with might or force, ὅταν ὁ θεὸς.. ἔλθῃ πολύς E.Ba. 300
; ἢν π. παρῇ Id.Or. 1200
; π. καὶ τολμηρὸς ἅνθρωπος D.40.53
: with part. and εἰμί, πολλὸς ἦν λισσόμενος was all entreaties, Hdt.9.91; ἦν πολλὸς ὑπὸ παντὸς ἀνδρὸς αἰνεόμενος Id.1.98
; Ἐτεοκλέης ἂν εἷς π... ὑμνοῖθ' A.Th.6
; π. ἐνέκειτο λέγων Hdt.7.158
; π. τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν ἔγκειται D.18.199
; also π. ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λόγοισι Hdt.8.59
; πρὸς ταῖς παρασκευαῖς Plb.5.49.7
; ἐπὶ τῇ τιμωρίᾳ D.S.14.107
: without a Prep., π. ἦν τοῖς ἐπαίνοις καὶ ἐπαχθής Aeschin.2.41
; π. μὲν γὰρ ὁ Φίλιππος ἔσται will be often mentioned, Id.1.166.

3 of Value or Worth, πολέος δέ οἱ ἄξιος ἔσται Il.23.562
, cf. Od.8.405; πολλοῦ ἄξιος X.An.4.1.28
, etc.; πολλῶν ἄξιος Ar. Pax 918
; περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τι, Lat. magni facere, cf. περί A.
IV; ἐπὶ πολλῷ at a high price, D.8.53; ἐπὶ π. ἐρραθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; πολύ ἐστί τι it is worth much, of great conscquence, X.Oec.18.7.

4 of Space, large, wide, π. χώρη, πεδίον, Il.23.520,4.244, etc.; πόντος, πέλαγος, Hes.Op. 635, S.Ph. 635; χῶρος πλατὺς καὶ π. Hdt.4.39
; λίμνη μεγάλη τε καὶ π. ib. 109; π. ἡ Σικελία Th. 7.13
; π. ἡ Ἑλλάς Pl.Phd. 78a
, etc.; πολλὸς ἔκειτο he lay outstretched wide, Il.7.156, cf. 11.307; π. κέλευθος a far way, A.Pers. 748 (troch.): without ὁδός, πολλὴ μὲν εἰς Ἡράκλειαν.., πολλὴ δὲ εἰς Χρυσόπολιν.. X.An.6.3.16
: διὰ πολλοῦ, ἐκ πολλοῦ, v. infr. IV.

5 of Time, long, χρόνος S.Aj. 1402
(anap.), etc.; πολὺν χρόνον Il.2.343
, etc.; οὐ π. χρ. S.Ph. 348
, etc.; so πολλοῦ χρόνου Ar.Pl.98
; χρόνῳ πολλῷ S.Tr. 228
; διὰ πολλοῦ (sc. χρόνου) Luc.Nec.15; ἐκ πολλοῦ Th.1.58
, D. 21.41; πρὸ πολλοῦ long before, D.S.14.43; οὐ μετὰ πολύ Luc.Tox.54
; ἔτι πολλῆς νυκτός while still quite night, Th.8.101; πολλῆς ὥρας late in the day, Plb.5.8.3; ἤδη ὥρα πολλή Ev.Marc.6.35
; ἔτι ἔστιν ἡμέρα πολλή LXX Ge.29.7
.

II Special usages:

1 c. partit.gen., e.g. πολλοὶ Τρώων, for πολλοὶ Τρῶες, Il.18.271, etc.; neut., πολλὸν σαρκός, for πολλὴ σάρξ, Od.19.450: in Prose, the Adj. generally takes the gender of the gen., τὸν πολλὸν τοῦ χρόνου Hdt.1.24
; τῆς γῆς οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7; τῆς ἀθάρης πολλήν Ar.Pl. 694
; πολλὴν τῆς χώρας X.Cyr. 3.2.2
; ὁ π. τοῦ λόγου D.44.6
; v. infr. 3.

2 joined with another Adj., πολλὰ δυστερπῆ κακά A.Ch. 277
, cf. 585 (lyr.), etc.: more freq. joined to another Adj. by καί, πολέες τε καὶ ἐσθλοί many men and good, Il.6.452, etc.; πολέες τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι 21.586
; πολλὰ καὶ ἐσθλά Od.2.312
; παλαιά τε πολλά τε ib. 188; ἄκοσμά τε π. τε Il.2.213
; πολλαί γε.. καὶ ἄλλαι Hes.Th. 363
; π. τε καὶ κακά Hdt.4.167
, etc.; π. κἀγαθά Ar.Th. 351
(but π. ἀγαθά IG12.76.45
); π. καὶ ἀνόσια Pl.R. 416e
; π. καὶ μακάρια Id.Plt. 269d
; π. καὶ πονηρά X.Mem.2.9.6
; πολλά τε καὶ δεινά Id.An.5.5.8
; μεγάλα καὶ π. D.36.22
; π. καὶ καλοὺς (s.v.l.) κινδύνους, π. καὶ καλὰ παραδείγματα, Din.1.109.

3 with the Art. (in Hom. without the Art., Il.2.483, 5.334, 22.28), of persons or things well known, Ἑλένα μία τὰς πολλάς, τὰς πάνυ π. ψυχὰς ὀλέσασ' those many lives, A.Ag. 1456 (lyr.), cf. S.OT 845, Th.3.87, Pl.Phd. 88a, Ti. 54a, Act.Ap.26.24: with abstract Nouns, τᾶς πολλᾶς ὑγιείας A. Ag. 1001
(lyr., dub.);
τὸ πολλόν
numbers, Hdt.1.136
.

b οἱ π. the many, i.e. the greater number, Ἀθηναῖοι.. ἀπῆλθον οἱ πολλοί Th. 1.126
, cf. 3.32, etc. (so in sg., ὁ πολλὸς λόγος the prevailing report, Hdt.1.75); τοῖς π. κριταῖς S.Aj. 1243
: with gen., τοῖς π. βροτῶν ib. 682; οἱ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων X.Cyr.8.2.24
;
οἱ πολλοὶ ἅπαντες
far the most, Hp.
Aër.20 (v.l. μάλιστα for ἅπαντες); for τὰ πολλὰ πάντα, v. infr. 111.1a: hence οἱ πολλοί the people, the commonalty, opp. οἱ μείζω κεκτημένοι, Th.1.6; opp. οἱ κομψότεροι, Pl.R. 505b; οἱ π., = Lat. plebs, D.S.20.36; τῶν πολλῶν εἷς one of the multitude, D.21.96; also ὁ π. λεώς Luc.JTr.53
, cf. Rh.Pr.17; ὁ π. ὅμιλος Id.Luct.2
. Hdn.1.1.1, etc.; ὁ π. δῆμος Luc.Apol.15
; ὁ π. ὄχλος Ph. 2.4
; ὁ π. alone, = vulgus, v.l. in D.S.2.29; the ordinary man, Epicur.Fr. 478, Phld.Rh.2.154S.; νίμμα ὁ π. λέγει, ἡμεῖς ἀπόνιπτρον λέγομεν Phryn.170
, cf.369; ὁ ἐμπαθὴς καὶ π. ἄνθρωπος 'l'homme moyen sensuel', Herm.in Phdr.p.146A.; ὁ π. ἄνθρωπος (with pl. Verb) the average man, opp. τὸ ἐξαίρετον, Eun.Hist.p.216 D.

c τὸ πολύ, c. gen., τῆς στρατιῆς τὸ πολλόν Hdt.8.100
; τὸ π. τοῦ χρόνου Hp.
Aër. 20; τῶν λογάδων τὸ π. Th.5.73
; τῶν ὅπλων τὸ π. Pl.Plt. 288b
; also ὁ στρατὸς ὁ πολλός Hdt.1.102
; ἡ δύναμις ἡ π. Th.1.24
; ὁ π. βίοτος the best part of life, S.El. 185 (lyr.).

d τὰ πολλά
the most, Od.22.273
, and perh. 2.58, 17.537 (elsewh. in Hom. πολλά, as Subst., means much riches, great possessions, Il.11.684, Od.19.195); τὰ π. τοῦ πολέμου Th.2.13
; πρὸς τὸ τῶν π. μέγεθος in regard to the size of the average, Arist.Rh. 1363b11.

4 pl. πολλά very much, too much, πολλὰ πράσσειν, = πολυπραγμονεῖν, E.Supp. 576, Ar.Ra. 228; π. ἔπαθεν Pi.O.13.63
, etc.; π. ἔρξαι τινά to do one much harm, A. Th. 923 (lyr.).

5 πολλάς with Verbs of beating ( πληγάς being omitted), v. πληγή 1.

6 πολύς repeated, ἦ πολλὰ πολλοῖς εἰμι διάφορος βροτῶν E.Med. 579
, cf. A.Supp. 451; τὰ μὲν οὖν πολλὰ πολλοῦ χρόνου διηγήσασθαι Pl.R. 615a
, etc.; πολλοῦ πολύς, v. infr. 111.1b: with Advbs. πολλάκις, πολλαχῇ, etc. (qq. v., cf. 111.1 e).

III Adverbial usages:

a neut. πολύ ([dialect] Ion. πολλόν) , πολλά, much, πόλλ' ἀεκαζομένη Il.6.458
, etc.; strengthd., μάλα πολλά 8.22
, al.; πάνυ πολύ Pl.Alc.1.119c
; πολύ τι Id.R. 484d
; esp. of repetition, often, Il.2.798, Od.13.29, Hes.Op. 322; so of earnest commands and entreaties, πολλὰ κελεύων, πόλλ' ἐπέτελλον, πολλὰ λισσομένη, πολλὰ μάλ' εὐχομένω, Il.5.528, 11.782, 5.358, 9.183: with the Art.,
τὸ πολύ
for the most part, Pl.Prt. 315a
, etc. (but with numerals, at most, Vett. Val.9.5); ὡς τὸ π. X.Mem.1.1.10
, etc.; τὰ πολλά Th.1.13
, 2.11,87, etc.; ὡς τὰ π. Id.5.65
, etc.; τὰ π. πάντα Hdt.1.203
, 2.35, 5.67.

b of Degree, far, very much, ἀπέφυγε πολλὸν τοὺς διώκοντας Id.6.82
: also abs. gen. πολλοῦ very, θρασὺς εἶ πολλοῦ Ar.Nu. 915
, cf. Eup.74; πολλοῦ δύνασθαι Alciphr.1.9
(s.v.l.); πολλοῦ πολύς, πολλὴ πολλοῦ, much too much, Ar.Eq. 822,Ra. 1046.

c of Space, a great way, far, οὐ πολλόν Hdt.1.104
; πολὺ οὐκ ἐξῄεσαν Th.1.15
, etc.

d of Time, long, ὡς πολλὸν τοῦτο ἐγίνετο Hdt.4.126
, cf. 6.129.

e of Probability, ἐὰν πολλὰ πολλῶν τέκῃς, perh. = ἐὰν πολλάκις τέκῃς,POxy. 744.9 (i B.C./i A.D.); ἐάν τι πολλὰ πολλάκις πάθω Ar.Ec. 1105
.

2 πολύ is freq. joined with Adjs. and Advbs.,

a with a [comp] Comp. to increase its comp. force, πολὺ μεῖζον, πολλὸν παυρότεροι, Il.1.167, Od.14.17; πολὺ μᾶλλον much more, Il.9.700; πολύ τι μᾶλλον f.l. in D.H. Comp.4 (p.22 U.-R.): with words, esp. Preps., between πολύ and its Adj., π. ἐν πλέονι, π. ἐπὶ δεινοτέρῳ, Th.1.35, Pl.R. 589e; πολὺ ἔτι ἐκ λαμπροτέρων Id.Phd. 110c
; π. σὺν φρονήματι μείζονι X.An.3.1.22
, cf.3.2.30, Smp.1.4 (but the Prep. freq. comes first, ἐκ π. ἐλάττονος And.1.109
, etc.); so πολλῷ is freq. used with the [comp] Comp., by far, A.Pr. 337, Hdt. 1.134, etc.; π. μᾶλλον S.OT 1159
, Pl.Phd. 80e; οὐ πολλῷ τεῳ ἀσθενέστερον not a great deal weaker, Hdt.1.181, cf. 2.48,67, etc.: πολύ with all words implying comparison, πολὺ πρίν much sooner, Il.9.250; π. πρό 4.373
: with the comp. Verb φθάνω, ἦ κε πολὺ φθαίη 13.815
; so πολὺ προβέβηκας ἁπάντων, πολὺ προμάχεσθαι ἁπάντων, 6.125, 11.217; προὔλαβε πολλῷ Th.7.80
: with βούλομαι, = prefer, ἡμῖν πολὺ βούλεται ἢ Δαναοῖσι νίκην Il.17.331
, cf. Od.17.404; πολύ γε in answers, after a [comp] Comp. or [comp] Sup., ἀργὸς.. γενήσεται μᾶλλον; Answ. πολύ γε Pl.R. 421d
, cf. 387e, etc.

b with a [comp] Sup., πολὺ πρώτιστος, πολλὸν ἄριστος, far the first, etc., Il.2.702, 1.91, etc.; προθυμία π. τολμηροτάτη Th.1.74
, etc.; πολλόν τι μάλιστα Hdt.1.56
; π. δή, π. δὴ γυναῖκ' ἀρίσταν E.Alc. 442
(lyr.), cf. Ar.Av. 539, Archestr.Fr.34.9; also πολλῷ πλεῖστοι Hdt.5.92
.έ, 8.42; π. μεγίστους Id.4.82
.

c with a Positive, to add force to the Adj., ὦ πολλὰ μὲν τάλαινα, πολλὰ δ' αὖ σοφή A.Ag. 1295
; also ἐς πόλλ' ἀθλία πέφυκ' ἐγώ E.Ph. 619
(troch.); πολὺ ἀφόρητος Luc.DMeretr. 9.3
; cf. πλεῖστος.

IV with Preps.,

1 διὰ πολλοῦ at a great interval of Space or Time, v. διά A.1.5, 11.2.

2 εἰς πολύ for a long time, Plot.2.1.3.

3 ἐκ πολλοῦ from a great distance, Th.4.32, etc.; for a long time, v. ἐκ 11.1.

4 ἐπὶ πολύ,

a over a great space, far, οὐκ ἐπὶ πολλόν Hdt.2.32
; ἐπὶ π. τῆς θαλάσσης, τῆς χώρας, Th.1.50,4.3, etc.; to a great extent, Id.1.6,18,3.83; cf. ποιέω B.11.2
.

b for a long time, long, Id.5.16; τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ π. Id.7.38
, cf. 39.

c ὡς ἐπὶ π.
very generally, Id.1.12
(v.l.), Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.195;
ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π.
for the most part, Th.2.13
, Pl.Plt. 294e, etc.; μὴ καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον, ἀλλ' ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. Isoc.4.154
; τό γ' ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. Id.8.35
.

5 παρὰ πολύ by far, v. παρά C.111.5.

6 περὶ πολλοῦ, v. supr. 1.3.

7 πρὸ πολλοῦ far before, τῆς πόλεως D.H.9.35
; also of Time, οὐ πρὸ π. not long before, Id.5.62.

8 σὺν πολλῷ in no small degree, only too much or too well, Hld.2.8,9.20, 10.9 (cf. CR41.53).

V for [comp] Comp. πλείων, πλέων, [comp] Sup. πλεῖστος, v. sub vocc. (Cf. Skt. purú-, Goth. filu 'much'.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πολύς
18 machen

I v/t

1. (tun) do; was machst du? what are you doing?; beruflich: what do you do (for a living)?; so was macht man nicht that isn’t done, you just don’t do that; da kann man nichts machen there’s nothing you can do (about it), it’s (just) one of those things; er macht es nicht unter 500 Euro umg. he won’t do it for less than 500 euros; was macht die Familie? how’s the family (getting on [Am. along]) ?; mach’s gut! umg. see you; (alles Gute) all the best; gut gemacht! well done!, good show!; das lässt sich schon machen that can be arranged, that’s no problem; mit mir könnt ihr’s ja machen! umg., iro. the things I put up with; sie wird es nicht mehr lange machen umg. (wird bald sterben) she’s not long for this world; die Festplatte wird es wohl nicht mehr lange machen umg. (wird bald defekt sein) the hard disk is on its last legs ( oder has just about had it)

2. (herstellen, schaffen) make; (Essen) make, prepare; (Bett) make; ein Foto machen take a photograph; das Zimmer machen do ( oder tidy up, Am. clean up) the room; Hausaufgaben machen do one’s homework; eine Prüfung machen take ( erfolgreich: pass) an exam; einen Spaziergang machen go for a walk; einen Fehler machen make a mistake; einen Kurs machen (besuchen) do ( oder take) a course; eine angenehme / unangenehme Erfahrung machen have a pleasant / an unpleasant experience; jemanden zum General machen make s.o. a general; zu oder für etw. ( nicht) gemacht sein (not) be cut out for s.th.; er ist nicht zur Arbeit gemacht iro. work doesn’t agree with him hum.; jemanden traurig / glücklich etc. machen make s.o. sad / happy etc.; den Schiedsrichter machen umg. be ( oder act as) umpire ( oder referee); das macht das Wetter it’s the weather that causes it; das macht Durst it makes you thirsty; der Wagen macht 160 km / h umg. the car does 100 mph; Ferien, Hoffnung, Krach, Licht etc.

3. (ergeben) beim Rechnen: be, come to, amount to; 4 mal 5 macht 20 four times five is twenty, four fives are twenty; was macht das? Rechnung etc.: how much does that come to?, what’s the damage? umg.; das macht dreißig Euro that’s ( oder that’ll be) thirty euros; was macht das zusammen? how much does that come to all together?

4. (ausmachen): was macht das schon? what does it matter?, what difference does it make?; umg. so what?; das macht nichts it doesn’t matter, never mind; es macht mir nichts I don’t mind; sie macht sich nichts / nicht viel aus Geld she doesn’t care / doesn’t care much about money, money doesn’t mean anything / doesn’t mean much to her, she’s not bothered / not really bothered about money umg.; er macht sich nicht viel aus Kuchen / Alkohol etc. he doesn’t particularly like cake / alcohol etc., he’s not particularly keen on (Am. not wild about) cake / alcohol etc.; mach dir nichts draus! don’t worry about it, don’t take it to heart

5. umg. (veranstalten, organisieren) have, give; ich mache am Samstag ein Fest I’m having a party on Saturday; nächste Woche macht sie einen Vortrag über Kafka next week she’s going to give a lecture on Kafka

6. Sl. euph.: es machen (Sex haben) have it off (Am. get it on) ( mit with); es jemandem machen give it to s.o.

II v/refl

1. sich ( gut) machen Person: be coming along (well oder fine), be getting on (Am. along) (fine); sich gut machen Sache: (gut aussehen) look good ( bei jemandem on s.o.); (gern gesehen werden) make a good impression; sich schlecht machen not look good, make a bad impression; er macht sich gut als... he makes a good...; wie macht sich Vincent als Chef? what sort of a boss is Vincent?; er macht sich gut als Chef he makes a good boss; wie macht sich der Kleine? how’s the little one doing ( oder getting on [Am. along]) ?; die Vase macht sich sehr gut in der Ecke the vase looks very nice in the corner; das macht sich schon wieder umg. it’ll sort itself out

2. sich an etw. machen get down to (work on) s.th.; ich mache mich morgen an die Übersetzung auch I’ll make a start on the translation tomorrow; Weg

III v/i

1. umg.: macht, dass ihr bald zurück seid! be sure to be back ( oder you get back) soon!; mach, dass du wegkommst! get out of here!; mach schon! (beeile dich!) hurry up!, get a move on! umg.

2. umg.: lass ihn nur machen (lass ihm seinen Willen) let him if he wants to, let him have his way; (red ihm nichts ein) just let him do it ( oder get on with it); (verlass dich auf ihn) leave it to him; lass mich nur machen (red mir nichts ein) let me do it my way; (verlass dich auf mich) just leave it to me; lass mich mal machen (lass mich versuchen) let me have a try

3. umg.: machen in (+ Dat) WIRTS. deal in, sell; in Politik machen umg. be in politics; er macht in Schriftstellerei umg. he dabbles in writing

4. umg.: auf etw. machen umg. (etw. spielen) act ( oder play) s.th., pretend to be s.th.; auf Künstler machen umg. act ( oder play) the artist, do one’s artist bit umg.; auf unschuldig / doof machen umg. act ( oder play) the innocent / the fool; sie macht neuerdings auf jung her latest fad is to act all girlish

5. Schokolade macht dick chocolate makes you fat; Querstreifen machen dick horizontal stripes make you look fat

6. umg. euph. (die Notdurft verrichten): ( klein) machen wee; ( groß) machen shit; sich (Dat) vor Angst in die Hosen machen wet o.s. (Am. wet one’s pants) from fear; der Kleine macht immer noch in die Windeln the child still dirties his nappy (Am. diaper); der Hund hat auf den Teppich gemacht the dog made a mess on the carpet

7. (hat oder ist) Dial. (sich begeben) go; wir haben oder sind 1966 in den Westen gemacht (sind aus der DDR in die BRD geflüchtet) in 1966 we made it to West Germany; gemacht

* * *

to create; to be; to do; to make; to fix

* * *
mạ|chen ['maxn]
1. TRANSITIVES VERB

1) = tun to do

was machst du heute Abend? — what are you doing this evening?

was machen wir mit dem restlichen Brot? — what shall we do with the rest of the bread?

die Hausarbeit/den Garten machen — to do the housework/the garden

er machte sich (dat) Zucker in den Kaffee (inf) — he put sugar in his coffee

ich muss noch so viel machen — I still have so much to do

ich mache dir das schon — I'll do that for you

gut, wird gemacht — right, will do (inf)

gut, mache ich — right, will do (inf) or I'll do that

wie mans macht, ists verkehrt — whatever you do is wrong

was habe ich nur falsch gemacht? — what have I done wrong?

er macht, was er will — he does what he likes

soll ich ihn nach seinem Gehalt fragen? – so etwas macht man nicht! — shall I ask how much he earns? – you don't ask that (question)!

wie machen Sie das nur? — how do you do it?

das lässt sich machen/nicht machen — that can/can't be done

das ist zu/nicht zu machen — that can/can't be done

ich kann da auch nichts machen — I can't do anything about it either

ich mache es wohl am besten so, dass ich etwas früher komme — I would do best to come a bit earlier

es ist schon gut gemacht, wie sie die Rolle der Ophelia mit echtem Leben erfüllt — it's wonderful how she brings the role of Ophelia to life

damit/mit ihr kann man etwas machen — you could do something with it/her

das lässt er nicht mit sich machen — he won't stand for that → auch gemacht

was machst du da? — what are you doing (there)?

was hast du denn nun wieder gemacht? — what have you done now?

was machst du denn hier? — what ( on earth) are you doing here?

was macht denn das Fahrrad hier im Hausflur? — what's this bicycle doing in the hall?

was macht die Arbeit? — how's the work going?

was macht dein Bruder ( beruflich)? — what does your brother do (for a living)?

machs kurz! — make it short!

machs gut! — all the best!

er wirds nicht mehr lange machen (inf) — he won't last long

selber machen (sl) — to bring oneself off (inf)

mit mir kann mans ja machen! (inf) — the things I put up with! (inf)

2) = anfertigen, zubereiten to make

Bier wird aus Gerste gemacht — beer is made from barley

aus Holz gemacht — made of wood

sich/jdm etw machen lassen — to have sth made for oneself/sb

er ist für den Beruf wie gemacht — he's made for the job

das Essen machen — to make the meal

jdm einen Drink machen (Cocktail) — to make or mix sb a drink

3) = verursachen, bewirken Schwierigkeiten, Arbeit to make (jdm for sb); Mühe, Schmerzen to cause (jdm for sb)

jdm Angst/Sorgen/Freude machen — to make sb afraid/worried/happy

jdm Hoffnung/Mut/Kopfschmerzen machen — to give sb hope/courage/a headache

das macht Appetit — that gives you an appetite

das macht Hunger — that makes you hungry

das macht die Kälte — it's the cold that does that

jdn lachen/weinen/etw vergessen machen — to make sb laugh/cry/forget sth

machen, dass etw geschieht — to make sth happen

mach, dass er gesund wird! — make him better!

das machen die vielen Zigaretten, dass du hustest — it's all those cigarettes that make you cough

(viel) von sich reden machen — to be much talked about

4) = hervorbringen Laut, Geräusch to make

mäh/miau machen — to baa/miaow

brumm machen — to go "brumm"

wie macht das Kindchen? — say please!

wie macht das feine Hündchen? — be a clever dog!

5) = bilden Kreuzzeichen, Kreis to make

die Straße macht einen Knick — the road bends

6)

machen + SubstantivSiehe auch unter dem Eintrag für das jeweilige Substantiv.einen Ausflug machen — to go on an outing

Bilder machen — to take photos

ein Defizit machen — to make a loss

ein Diplom machen — to do a diploma

einen Doktor machen — to do a doctorate

ein Fest machen — to have a party

Fotos machen — to take photos

das Geschirr machen — to do the dishes

einen Gewinn machen — to make a profit

Grimassen machen — to make a face

einen Handstand machen — to do a handstand

auf jdn/etw Jagd machen — to hunt sb/sth

einen Kopfsprung machen — to take a header (Brit), to dive (headfirst)

Nachtdienst machen — to do night duty

eine Party machen — to have a party

Pause machen — to have a break

mach mir mal einen (guten) Preis! — make me an offer!

eine Prüfung machen — to do (esp Brit) or take an exam

Punkte machen — to get points

jdm die Rechnung machen — to make up sb's bill

Schicht machen — to work shifts

einen Spaziergang machen — to go for a walk

ein Spiel machen — to play a game

See:

= haltmachen

7) machen + AdjektivSiehe auch unter dem Eintrag für das jeweilige Adjektiv.to make

jdn nervös/unglücklich machen — to make sb nervous/unhappy

etw größer/kleiner machen — to make sth bigger/smaller

etw sauber/schmutzig machen — to get sth clean/dirty

etw leer machen — to empty sth

etw kürzer machen — to shorten sth

einen Stuhl frei machen — to vacate a chair

jdn wieder sehend machen — to make sb see again

machs dir doch bequem/gemütlich — make yourself comfortable/at home

mach es ihm nicht noch schwerer — don't make it harder for him

nicht leicht — he doesn't make it easy for himself

8) = ergeben inf to make; Summe, Preis to be

das macht ( zusammen) 23 — that makes 23 altogether

drei und fünf macht or machen acht — three and five makes or is eight

fünf mal vier macht or machen zwanzig — five fours are twenty, five times four is twenty

was macht die Rechnung? — how much is the bill?, what does the bill come to?

was or wie viel macht sechs geteilt durch zwei? — what is six divided by two?

100 cm machen einen Meter — 100 cm make a metre (Brit) or meter (US)

was or wie viel macht das ( alles zusammen)? — how much is that altogether?

9) = spielen inf THEAT to play; Dolmetscher, Schiedsrichter etc to be

den Weihnachtsmann machen — to play Santa Claus

den Ghostwriter für jdn machen — to be sb's ghostwriter

10)

= Notdurft verrichten inf einen Haufen or sein Geschäft machen (euph:) (Hund) — to do its business (euph)

See:

→ Aa, Pipi etc

11) = ordnen, reparieren, säubern to do

das Auto machen lassen — to have the car seen to or done

er macht mir die Haare (inf) — he does my hair

das Bett machen — to make the bed

ich muss noch die Betten machen —

mach den Fleck aus der Bluse, ehe du sie wäschst — get the stain out of the blouse before you wash it

12)

andere Wendungen◆ machen + aus aus dem Haus könnte man schon etwas machen — you could really make something of that house

eine große Sache aus etw machen — to make a big thing of sth

machen — to make something of oneself

jdn zum Star/Helden machen — to turn sb into a star/hero

jdn zum Wortführer/Sklaven/zu seiner Frau machen — to make sb spokesman/a slave/one's wife

jdm etw zur Hölle/Qual machen — to make sth hell/a misery for sb

macht nichts! — it doesn't matter!

macht das was? — does that matter?

das macht durchaus etwas — it does indeed matter

das macht mir doch nichts! — that doesn't matter to me!

der Regen/die Kälte macht mir nichts — I don't mind the rain/cold

die Kälte macht dem Motor nichts — the cold doesn't hurt the engine

es macht mir nichts, durch den Regen zu gehen — I don't mind walking in the rain

viel aus jdm/etw machen — to like sb/sth

wenig aus jdm/etw machen — not to be very keen on (esp Brit) or thrilled with (esp US) sb/sth

mach dir nichts draus! — don't let it bother you!

einen schönen Abend/ein paar gemütliche Stunden machen — to have a nice evening/a few pleasant hours

ein Vergnügen aus etw machen — to take delight in sth

sich (dat) Umstände/Mühe machen — to go to a lot of bother/trouble

machen Sie sich keine Umstände — don't go to any trouble

sich (dat) Sorgen machen — to worry

sich (dat) (auf etw acc) Hoffnungen machen — to have hopes (of sth)

jdn zum Freund/Feind machen — to make sb one's friend/enemy

etw zur Aufgabe/zum Grundsatz/Motto machen — to make sth one's job/a principle/one's watchword

2. INTRANSITIVES VERB

1)

= tun lass mich mal machen — let me do it

2)

machen + Adjektiv das macht müde/gesund/schlank — that makes you tired/healthy/slim

das Kleid macht alt/schlank — that dress makes you look old/slim

3) = sich beeilen inf to get a move on (inf), to hurry up

mach schon!, mach schnell or schneller! — get a move on! (inf), hurry up!

ich mach ja schon! — I'm being as quick as I can!

sie machten, dass sie nach Hause kamen — they hurried home

mach, dass du hier wegkommst or verschwindest! — (you just) get out of here!

4) = Notdurft verrichten inf to go to the toilet (esp Brit) or bathroom (esp US) or restroom (US); (Hund etc) to do its business (euph); (

in die Hosen machen (lit, fig) — to wet oneself

ins Bett machen — to wet the bed

groß/klein machen (baby-talk) — to do a poo/wee (baby-talk)

5) = reisen dial to go

nach Amerika machen — to go to America

über die ( grüne) Grenze machen — to go over the border

6)

Redewendungen◆ machen auf etw (acc ) (inf) jetzt macht sie auf große Dame — she's playing the grand lady now

er macht auf Staatsmann — he's playing the statesman

sie macht auf verständnisvoll/gebildet — she's doing her understanding/cultured bit (inf)

jetzt macht sie auf beleidigt — now she's acting the injured innocent (Brit), now she's acting insulted (esp US)

er macht auf Schau — he's out for effect (inf)◆ machen in etw (dat) (inf, beruflich) to be in sth

er macht in Politik — he's in politics

er macht in Nächstenliebe/Großzügigkeit — he puts on a show of compassion/generosity

3. REFLEXIVES VERB

1) ◆ sich machen= sich entwickeln to come on

wie macht sich der Garten? — how is the garden coming on?

2) = aussehen to look

der Schal macht sich sehr hübsch zu dem Kleid — the scarf looks very pretty with that dress

3)

andere Wendungen machen — to get down to sth

sich auf den Weg machen — to get going

sich über das Essen machen (inf) — to get stuck in (inf)

sich zum Fürsprecher/Anwalt machen — to make oneself spokesman/advocate

sich verständlich machen — to make oneself understood

sich bei jdm beliebt/verhasst machen (inf) — to make oneself popular with/hated by sb

See:

→ wichtigmachen

* * *

1) have

2) (to perform an activity concerning something: to do the washing; to do the garden / the windows.) do

3) go

4) (to create, form or produce: God made the Earth; She makes all her own clothes; He made it out of paper; to make a muddle/mess of the job; to make lunch/coffee; We made an arrangement/agreement/deal/bargain.) make

5) (to cause to be: I made it clear; You've made me very unhappy.) make

6) (to gain or earn: He makes $100 a week; to make a profit.) make

7) (used with many nouns to give a similar meaning to that of the verb from which the noun is formed: He made several attempts (= attempted several times); They made a left turn (= turned left); He made (= offered) a suggestion/proposal; Have you any comments to make?) make

8) (used when asking angrily what someone is doing: What does he think he's playing at (=doing)?) play at

9) (to cause to become: His remarks rendered me speechless.) render

10) (to cause to go into a certain, usually bad, state: The news sent them into a panic.) send

11) (to do or perform some action: I think I'll take a walk; Will you take a look?; to take a bath) take

12) (to make a note, record etc: He took a photograph of the castle; The nurse took the patient's temperature.) take

* * *

ma·chen

[ˈmaxn̩]

I. TRANSITIVES VERB

1. (anstelle eines genaueren Verbs)

▪ etw \machen to do sth

hast du die Kartoffeln/Türen/das Badezimmer gemacht? have you done the potatoes/doors/bathroom?

2. (fertigen)

▪ etw \machen to make sth

Fotos [von jdm/etw] \machen to take photos [of sb/sth]

Gedichte \machen to write poems

jdm/sich etw \machen lassen to have sth made for sb/[for one]

sich dat ein Kleid \machen lassen to have a dress made [for one]

sich dat die Haare \machen lassen (fam) to have one's hair done

für etw akk wie gemacht sein (fam) to be made for sth

▪ etw aus etw dat \machen to make sth out of sth

aus diesem Haus \machen wir ein Atelier we're turning this house into a studio

▪ aus etw dat gemacht sein to be made of sth

der Saft ist aus Birnen gemacht the juice is made out of pears

3. (geben)

eine Empfehlung \machen to put in sep a recommendation

jdm einen guten Preis \machen Käufer to make sb a good offer; Verkäufer to name a good price

einen Vorschlag \machen to make [or sep put in] a suggestion

4. (zubereiten)

▪ [jdm] etw \machen to make [sb] sth, to make sth [for sb]

einen Drink \machen to make a drink

das Essen \machen to prepare/cook food

ein Essen \machen to make [or cook] a meal

das Frühstück \machen to make [or get] breakfast

Kaffee \machen to make coffee

5. (aufräumen)

das Bett \machen to make the bed

sein Zimmer \machen to tidy up sep one's room

6. (veranstalten)

▪ etw \machen to organize sth

eine Party \machen to give [or have] [or throw] a party

7. (verursachen)

▪ etw \machen:

dieser Film macht tränende Augen this film puts the tears in your eyes [or fam is a real tear jerker]

jdm Angst \machen to frighten sb

jdm Appetit \machen to whet sb's appetite, esp BRIT fam also to make sb peckish

jdm Arbeit \machen to give sb work to do

ein dummes Gesicht \machen (fam) to make [or pull] a silly face

jdm Durst/Hunger \machen to make sb thirsty/hungry

einen Eindruck \machen to make an impression

Feuer \machen to light a fire

einen Fleck in etw akk machen to stain sth

jdm eine Freude \machen to make sb happy

jdm Hoffnung/Mut/Kopfschmerzen \machen to give sb hope/courage/a headache

Lärm \machen to make a noise

Licht \machen to switch on sep the light

Mühe \machen to be a lot of trouble [or effort]

keine Mühe \machen to be no trouble

sich dat Mühe/Umstände \machen to go to a lot of trouble [or effort]

das macht überhaupt keine Mühe that's no trouble at all

Musik \machen to play some music

einen Schmollmund \machen to pout

jdm Sorgen \machen to make sb worried, to give sb cause for concern

sich dat Sorgen \machen to worry

▪ das macht etw that's because of sth

das macht das häufige Trinken that comes from drinking often

das macht die frische Luft, dass wir so hungrig sind it's the fresh air that makes us so hungry

8. (durchführen)

▪ etw \machen to do sth

eine Aktion [für etw akk] \machen to promote sth

eine Arbeit/seine Hausaufgaben \machen to do a job [or task]/one's homework

eine Beobachtung \machen to observe sb/sth

eine Bestellung \machen to place [or sep put in] an order

einen Besuch \machen to [pay sb a] visit

eine Dummheit \machen to do something stupid

ein Examen \machen to take [or BRIT also sit] an exam

wie man's macht, macht man's falsch [o verkehrt] you [just] can't win

einen Fehler \machen to make a mistake

den Haushalt \machen to keep house

das ist zu \machen that's possible

das lässt sich \machen that might be possible

eine Mitteilung \machen to make an announcement

da ist nichts zu \machen nothing can be done, that's not possible

nichts zu \machen! nothing doing! fam

jd kann [da] nichts \machen sb can't do anything

eine Reise \machen to go on a journey

eine Sause mit jdm \machen (sl) to go on a pub crawl esp BRIT [or AM esp to go bar-hopping] with sb fam

einen Spaziergang \machen to go for a walk

ein Spiel \machen to play a game

Sport \machen to do sport

etw nicht unter etw dat \machen (fam) to not do sth for less than sth

eine Verbeugung \machen to make [or take] a bow, to bow

wie machst du/wie \machen Sie das nur? how [on earth] do you do it?

wird gemacht! (fam) no problem, will do! fam

jd wird das schon \machen (erledigen) sb'll do it; (in Ordnung bringen) sb'll sort it out

9. (absolvieren)

▪ etw \machen to do sth

das Abitur \machen ≈to do [one's] A levels BRIT

einen Kurs \machen to take a course

eine Ausbildung \machen to do an apprenticeship

eine Elektrikerausbildung \machen to train to be an electrician

10. + adj (werden lassen)

jdn/etw berühmt/reich/schön \machen to make sb/sth famous/rich/beautiful

mach es dir bequem! make yourself comfortable [or at home]!

dieser Hut macht mich viel jünger this hat makes me [look] much younger

▪ etw aus jdm \machen to make sb sth

etwas aus sich/jdm \machen to make something of oneself/sb

▪ jdn zu etw dat \machen to make sb sth

mein Vater hat mich zu seinem Nachfolger gemacht my father has made [or named] me his successor

er machte sie zu seiner Frau (veraltet) he took her to be his wife old

jdn zu seinem Verbündeten \machen to make sb one's ally

▪ sich akk zu etw dat \machen to make oneself sth

sich akk zum Anführer \machen to make oneself the leader

11. (erzielen)

▪ etw \machen:

wir \machen jetzt dreimal so viel Umsatz we have now tripled our turnover

ein Geschäft \machen to make a deal

große Geschäfte \machen to make big money [or AM also big bucks] fam

einen Gewinn/Verlust \machen to make a profit/loss

Millionen \machen to make millions

Punkte/Tore \machen to score points/goals

ein Vermögen \machen to make a fortune

12. (tun)

▪ etw \machen to do sth

was möchten Sie gern \machen? what would you like to do?

lass uns etwas \machen! let's do something!

genau so werden wir es \machen that's how we'll do it

musst du viel \machen? do you have a lot to do?

was macht sie damit? what's she doing with it?

was willst du mit diesem Zeug \machen? what are you going to do with this stuff?

was soll ich nur \machen? what am I to do?

ich weiß nicht, was ich noch \machen soll I don't know what else to do

ich weiß nicht, wie man es macht I don't know how to do it

was machst du da? what are you doing?; (misstrauisch) what on earth are you doing there?, what are you up to?

was hat sie wieder gemacht, dass alle so ärgerlich sind? what's she been up to [or fam gone and done] this time to make everyone so angry?

was macht denn deine Frau? how's your wife?

und was \machen Sie so? and what are you doing nowadays?

was macht die Arbeit/Gesundheit? how's work/your health?, how are you work-wise/health-wise? fam

was soll ich da groß \machen? what do you expect me to do?

was macht deine Brille in der Mikrowelle? what are your glasses doing in the microwave?

dagegen kann man nichts \machen there's nothing you can do about it

mach was dran! (fam) like it or lump it fam

gut gemacht! well done!

mach's gut (fam) take care, so long fam

mit mir kann man es ja \machen (fam) the things I put up with

so etwas macht man nicht that's [or it's] bad manners

da kann man nichts \machen nothing can be done

\machen, was man will to do as one pleases [or wants

13. (bilden)

▪ etw \machen:

die Straße macht eine scharfe Kurve the road bends sharply

sie macht eine gute Figur she cuts a good figure

14. (fam: aufbauen)

▪ jdn \machen to make sb

15. (sl: Rolle spielen)

▪ jdn/etw \machen to do [or play] sb/sth

wer macht hier den Boss? who's the boss here?

16. (fam: nachahmen)

▪ jdn/etw \machen to do sb/sth

17. (fam: vorgeben)

▪ etw [für jdn] \machen to act as sth [for sb]

18. (fam: kosten)

das macht zehn Euro that's [or that'll be] ten euros [please]

was macht das [zusammen]? what does that come to [in total]?

19. (fam: ergeben)

drei mal drei macht neun three times three is [or makes] nine

20. (fam: rufen)

▪ etw \machen to call out sth sep

21. (bes kindersprache: Laute von sich geben)

der Hund macht „wau, wau“ the dog goes “woof woof” usu childspeak

22. (sl: Sex haben)

▪ es [mit jdm] \machen to do it [with sb] fam

▪ es jdm \machen to give it to sb fam

23. (fam: schaden)

macht nichts! no matter [or problem]!

das macht [doch] nichts! never mind!, no harm done!

macht das was? does it matter?

was macht das schon? what does it matter?

jdm/etw etwas/nichts \machen to harm/not harm sb/sth

24. (geschaffen)

▪ für etw akk [o zu etw dat] [nicht] gemacht sein to be [not] made for sth

25. (fam: reparieren)

▪ [jdm] etw \machen to mend [or fix] [or repair] sth for sb

▪ etw \machen lassen to get [or have] sth mended [or fixed] [or repaired

26.

▶ sein Geschäft \machen (euph fam) to relieve oneself form or euph

II. UNPERSÖNLICHES TRANSITIVES VERB

1. + adj (werden lassen)

es macht jdn glücklich/traurig/wütend it makes sb happy/sad/angry

es macht jdn verrückt it drives sb mad [or fam crazy]

es macht mich verrückt, dass ich so viel Werbung sehe it drives me crazy to see so many advertisements

2. (schaden)

es macht etwas/nichts/viel it matters/doesn't matter/matters a lot

es macht jdm etwas/nichts/viel sb minds/doesn't mind/minds a lot

es macht mir nichts, wenn du hierbleibst I don't mind you [or form your] staying here

3. (fam: Ton abgeben)

es macht „piep“, wenn du einen Fehler machst it goes “peep” [or it peeps] when you make a mistake; s.a. lang

III. INTRANSITIVES VERB

1. (bewirken)

mach ich! [as] good as done!

gemacht! (fam) done!, OK! fam

▪ \machen, dass etw geschieht to ensure [or see to it] that sth happens

wie hast du gemacht, dass die Kinder so artig sind? how did you get the children to be so well behaved?

mach, dass du wegkommst! get out of here!

2. (gewähren)

mach nur/ruhig! go ahead!

jdn [mal/nur] \machen lassen (fam) to leave sb to it

3. (werden lassen)

Liebe macht blind love makes you blind

4. (aussehen lassen)

Streifen \machen dick stripes make you look fat

5. (usu pej fam: sich stellen)

auf cool/in Großzügigkeit \machen to act cool/generous [or the cool/generous guy]

auf vornehm \machen to give oneself [or to put on] airs

▪ auf etw akk \machen to pretend to be sth, to act the sth

sie macht immer auf vornehme Dame she always acts the elegant lady

6. (euph fam: pinkeln) to pee fam, BRIT fam also to wee; (defäkieren) to poo[h] fam

groß/klein \machen to poo[h]/pee [or BRIT also wee] fam

▪ auf/in etw akk \machen to pee [or BRIT also wee]/poo[h] on/in sth fam

ins Bett \machen Kind to wet the bed

7. (fam: betreiben)

▪ in etw dat \machen:

ich mache jetzt in Wolle/Versicherungen I'm in wool/insurance [or the wool/insurance business

8. (fam: eilen)

mach/\machen Sie [schon]! get a move on! fam

mach schneller! hurry up!

▪ \machen, dass man etw tut to get a move on and do sth fam

9. (fam: leben)

ich mach sowieso nicht mehr lang I'm not long for this world anyway

10. Hilfsverb: sein o haben DIAL (gehen)

aufs Land/in die Stadt \machen to go to the country/into town

IV. REFLEXIVES VERB

1. (beginnen)

▪ sich akk an etw akk \machen to get on with sth

sich akk an die Arbeit \machen to get down to work

sich akk an ein Manuskript \machen to start working on a manuscript

2. (fam: entwickeln)

das Wetter macht sich wieder there will soon be good weather

▪ sich akk gut \machen to turn out well, to come along nicely

das Baby macht sich gut the baby is doing fine fam

3. (passen)

das Bild macht sich gut an der Wand/im Flur the picture looks good on the wall/in the hall

4. (leisten)

▪ sich akk \machen to do well for oneself

die neue Sekretärin macht sich gut the new secretary is doing well

5. (gewinnen)

▪ sich dat etw \machen to make sth

sich dat etw zur Aufgabe \machen to make sth one's mission

sich dat [mit etw dat] Feinde/Freunde \machen to make enemies/friends [with sth]

6. + adj (werden)

sich akk elegant \machen to smarten [oneself] up

sich akk schmutzig \machen to get dirty

sich akk [bei jdm] verhasst \machen to incur [sb's] hatred

sich akk verständlich \machen to make oneself understood

7. (fam: gelegen sein)

sich dat etwas/nichts/viel/wenig aus jdm/etw \machen to care/not care at all/care a lot/not care much for sb/sth; (sich nicht ärgern) to get a little upset/not get upset at all/get really upset/not get upset much about sth

mach dir/\machen Sie sich nichts d[a]raus! don't worry about it!, don't it get you down!

8. (gestalten)

▪ sich dat etw \machen:

wir \machen uns einen schönen Tag let's have an enjoyable day

mach dir ein paar schöne Tage enjoy yourself for a few days

9. (erledigen)

das macht sich akk von selbst it takes care of itself

V. AUXILIARVERB

<machte, gemacht o seltener machen>

der Wein wird dich das vergessen \machen the wine will help you [to] forget

* * *
1.
transitives Verb

1) (herstellen) make

aus diesen Äpfeln machen wir Saft — we will make juice from these apples

sich (Dat.) etwas machen lassen — have something made

Geld/ein Vermögen/einen Gewinn machen — make money/a fortune/a profit

dafür ist er einfach nicht gemacht — (fig.) he's just not cut out for it

etwas aus jemandem machen — make somebody into something; (verwandeln) turn somebody into something

jemanden zum Präsidenten usw. machen — make somebody president etc.

2)

jemandem einen Kostenvoranschlag machen — let somebody have or give somebody an estimate

jemandem einen guten Preis machen — (ugs.) name a good price

3) (zubereiten) get, prepare < meal>

jemandem/sich [einen] Kaffee machen — make [some] coffee for somebody/oneself

jemandem einen Cocktail machen — get or mix somebody a cocktail

4) (verursachen)

jemandem Arbeit machen — cause or make [extra] work for somebody

jemandem Sorgen machen — cause somebody anxiety; worry somebody

jemandem Mut/Hoffnung machen — give somebody courage/hope

das macht Durst/Hunger od. Appetit — this makes one thirsty/hungry; this gives one a thirst/an appetite

das macht das Wetter — that's [because of] the weather

das macht das viele Rauchen — that comes from smoking a lot

mach, dass du nach Hause kommst! — (ugs.) off home with you!

ich muss machen, dass ich zum Bahnhof komme — (ugs.) I must see that I get to the station

5) (ausführen) do <job, repair, etc.>

seine Hausaufgaben machen — do one's homework

ein Foto od. eine Aufnahme machen — take a photograph

ein Examen machen — take an exam

einen Spaziergang machen — go for or take a walk

eine Reise machen — go on a journey or trip

einen Besuch [bei jemandem] machen — pay [somebody] a visit

wie man's macht, macht man's falsch od. verkehrt — (ugs.) [however you do it,] there's always something wrong

er macht es nicht unter 100 Euro — he won't do it for under or less than 100 euros

6)

jemanden glücklich/eifersüchtig usw. machen — make somebody happy/jealous etc.

etwas größer/länger/kürzer machen — make something bigger/longer/shorter

mach es dir gemütlich od. bequem! — make yourself comfortable or at home

das Kleid macht sie älter — the dress makes her look older

7) (tun) do

musst du noch viel machen? — do you still have a lot to do?

mach ich, wird gemacht! — (ugs.) will do!

was machen Sie [beruflich]? — what do you do [for a living]?

was soll ich nur machen? — what am I to do?

so etwas macht man nicht — that [just] isn't done

mit mir könnt ihr es ja machen — (ugs.) you can get away with it with me

8)

was macht...? — (wie ist es um... bestellt?) how is...?

was macht die Arbeit? — how is the job [getting on]?; how are things at work?

9) (ergeben) (beim Rechnen) be; (bei Geldbeträgen) come to

zwei mal zwei macht vier — two times two is four

was od. wieviel macht das [alles zusammen]? — how much does that come to?

das macht 12 Euro — that is or costs 12 euros; (Endsumme) that comes to 12 euros

10) (schaden)

was macht das schon? — what does it matter?

macht das was? — does it matter?; do you mind?

macht nichts! — (ugs.) never mind!; it doesn't matter

11) (teilnehmen an)

einen Kursus od. Lehrgang machen — take a course

12) (ugs.): (veranstalten) organize, (coll.) do <trips, meals, bookings, etc.>

ein Fest machen — give a party

13)

machs gut! — (ugs.) look after yourself!; (auf Wiedersehen) so long!

14) (ugs.): (ordnen, sauber machen, renovieren); do <room, stairs, washing, etc.>

das Bett machen — make the bed

sich (Dat.) die Haare/Fingernägel machen — do one's hair/nails

15) (ugs. verhüll.): (seine Notdurft verrichten)

sein Geschäft machen — relieve oneself

groß/klein machen — do big jobs/small jobs (child language)
2.
reflexives Verb

1) mit Adj

sich hübsch machen — smarten [oneself] up

sich schmutzig machen — get [oneself] dirty

sich verständlich machen — make oneself clear

das macht sich bezahlt! — it's worth it!

2) (beginnen)

sich an etwas (Akk.) machen — get down to something

3) (ugs.): (sich entwickeln) do well; get on

du hast dich aber gemacht! — you've made great strides!

4) (passen)

das macht sich gut hier — this fits in well; this looks good here

5)

mach dir nichts daraus! — (ugs.) don't let it bother you

ich mache mir nichts daraus — it doesn't bother me

sich (Dat.) nichts/wenig aus jemandem/etwas machen — (ugs.) not care at all/much for somebody/something

6)

wir wollen uns (Dat.) einen schönen Abend machen — we want to have an enjoyable evening

7)

sich (Dat.) Feinde machen — make enemies

sich (Dat.) jemanden zum Freund/Feind machen — make a friend/an enemy of somebody

8)

wenn es sich [irgendwie] machen lässt — if it can [somehow] be done; if it is [at all] possible
3.
intransitives Verb

1) (ugs.): (sich beeilen)

mach schon! — get a move on! (coll.); look snappy! (coll.)

mach schneller! — hurry up!

2)

das macht müde — it makes you tired; it is tiring

das macht hungrig/durstig — it makes you hungry/thirsty

das Kleid macht dick — the dress makes one look fat

3) (tun)

lass mich nur machen — (ugs.) leave it to me

4) (ugs. verhüll.) <child, pet> perform (coll.)

ins Bett/in die Hose machen — wet one's bed/pants

5) (ugs.)

auf naiv usw. machen — pretend to be naïve

auf feine Dame usw. machen — act the fine lady

6) (landsch. ugs.): (sich begeben) go

* * *

machen

A. v/t

1. (tun) do;

was machst du? what are you doing?; beruflich: what do you do (for a living)?;

so was macht man nicht that isn’t done, you just don’t do that;

da kann man nichts machen there’s nothing you can do (about it), it’s (just) one of those things;

er macht es nicht unter 500 Euro umg he won’t do it for less than 500 euros;

was macht die Familie? how’s the family (getting on [US along]) ?;

mach’s gut! umg see you; (alles Gute) all the best;

gut gemacht! well done!, good show!;

das lässt sich schon machen that can be arranged, that’s no problem;

mit mir könnt ihr’s ja machen! umg, iron the things I put up with;

sie wird es nicht mehr lange machen umg (wird bald sterben) she’s not long for this world;

die Festplatte wird es wohl nicht mehr lange machen umg (wird bald defekt sein) the hard disk is on its last legs ( oder has just about had it)

2. (herstellen, schaffen) make; (Essen) make, prepare; (Bett) make;

ein Foto machen take a photograph;

das Zimmer machen do ( oder tidy up, US clean up) the room;

Hausaufgaben machen do one’s homework;

eine Prüfung machen take ( erfolgreich: pass) an exam;

einen Spaziergang machen go for a walk;

einen Fehler machen make a mistake;

einen Kurs machen (besuchen) do ( oder take) a course;

eine angenehme/unangenehme Erfahrung machen have a pleasant/an unpleasant experience;

jemanden zum General machen make sb a general;

zu oder

für etwas (nicht) gemacht sein (not) be cut out for sth;

er ist nicht zur Arbeit gemacht iron work doesn’t agree with him hum;

jemanden traurig/glücklich etc

machen make sb sad/happy etc;

den Schiedsrichter machen umg be ( oder act as) umpire ( oder referee);

das macht das Wetter it’s the weather that causes it;

das macht Durst it makes you thirsty;

der Wagen macht 160 km/h umg the car does 100 mph; → Ferien, Hoffnung, Krach, Licht etc

3. (ergeben) beim Rechnen: be, come to, amount to;

4 mal 5 macht 20 four times five is twenty, four fives are twenty;

was macht das? Rechnung etc: how much does that come to?, what’s the damage? umg;

das macht dreißig Euro that’s ( oder that’ll be) thirty euros;

was macht das zusammen? how much does that come to all together?

4. (ausmachen):

was macht das schon? what does it matter?, what difference does it make?; umg so what?;

das macht nichts it doesn’t matter, never mind;

es macht mir nichts I don’t mind;

sie macht sich nichts/nicht viel aus Geld she doesn’t care/doesn’t care much about money, money doesn’t mean anything/doesn’t mean much to her, she’s not bothered/not really bothered about money umg;

er macht sich nicht viel aus Kuchen/Alkohol etc he doesn’t particularly like cake/alcohol etc, he’s not particularly keen on (US not wild about) cake/alcohol etc;

mach dir nichts draus! don’t worry about it, don’t take it to heart

5. umg (veranstalten, organisieren) have, give;

ich mache am Samstag ein Fest I’m having a party on Saturday;

nächste Woche macht sie einen Vortrag über Kafka next week she’s going to give a lecture on Kafka

6. sl euph:

es machen (Sex haben) have it off (US get it on) (

mit with);

es jemandem machen give it to sb

B. v/r

1.

sich (gut) machen Person: be coming along (well oder fine), be getting on (US along) (fine);

sich gut machen Sache: (gut aussehen) look good (

bei jemandem on sb); (gern gesehen werden) make a good impression;

sich schlecht machen not look good, make a bad impression;

er macht sich gut als … he makes a good …;

wie macht sich Vincent als Chef? what sort of a boss is Vincent?;

er macht sich gut als Chef he makes a good boss;

wie macht sich der Kleine? how’s the little one doing ( oder getting on [US along]) ?;

die Vase macht sich sehr gut in der Ecke the vase looks very nice in the corner;

das macht sich schon wieder umg it’ll sort itself out

2.

sich an etwas machen get down to (work on) sth;

ich mache mich morgen an die Übersetzung auch I’ll make a start on the translation tomorrow; → Weg

C. v/i

1. umg:

macht, dass ihr bald zurück seid! be sure to be back ( oder you get back) soon!;

mach, dass du wegkommst! get out of here!;

mach schon! (beeile dich!) hurry up!, get a move on! umg

2. umg:

lass ihn nur machen (lass ihm seinen Willen) let him if he wants to, let him have his way; (red ihm nichts ein) just let him do it ( oder get on with it); (verlass dich auf ihn) leave it to him;

lass mich nur machen (red mir nichts ein) let me do it my way; (verlass dich auf mich) just leave it to me;

lass mich mal machen (lass mich versuchen) let me have a try

3. umg:

machen in (+dat) WIRTSCH deal in, sell;

in Politik machen umg be in politics;

er macht in Schriftstellerei umg he dabbles in writing

4. umg:

auf etwas machen umg (etwas spielen) act ( oder play) sth, pretend to be sth;

auf Künstler machen umg act ( oder play) the artist, do one’s artist bit umg;

auf unschuldig/doof machen umg act ( oder play) the innocent/the fool;

sie macht neuerdings auf jung her latest fad is to act all girlish

5.

Schokolade macht dick chocolate makes you fat;

Querstreifen machen dick horizontal stripes make you look fat

6. umg euph (die Notdurft verrichten):

(klein) machen wee;

(groß) machen shit;

sich (dat)

vor Angst in die Hosen machen wet o.s. (US wet one’s pants) from fear;

der Kleine macht immer noch in die Windeln the child still dirties his nappy (US diaper);

der Hund hat auf den Teppich gemacht the dog made a mess on the carpet

7. (hat oder ist) dial (sich begeben) go;

wir haben oder

sind 1987 in den Westen gemacht (sind aus der DDR in die BRD geflüchtet) in 1987 we made it to West Germany; → gemacht

* * *
1.
transitives Verb

1) (herstellen) make

aus diesen Äpfeln machen wir Saft — we will make juice from these apples

sich (Dat.) etwas machen lassen — have something made

Geld/ein Vermögen/einen Gewinn machen — make money/a fortune/a profit

dafür ist er einfach nicht gemacht — (fig.) he's just not cut out for it

etwas aus jemandem machen — make somebody into something; (verwandeln) turn somebody into something

jemanden zum Präsidenten usw. machen — make somebody president etc.

2)

jemandem einen Kostenvoranschlag machen — let somebody have or give somebody an estimate

jemandem einen guten Preis machen — (ugs.) name a good price

3) (zubereiten) get, prepare < meal>

jemandem/sich [einen] Kaffee machen — make [some] coffee for somebody/oneself

jemandem einen Cocktail machen — get or mix somebody a cocktail

4) (verursachen)

jemandem Arbeit machen — cause or make [extra] work for somebody

jemandem Sorgen machen — cause somebody anxiety; worry somebody

jemandem Mut/Hoffnung machen — give somebody courage/hope

das macht Durst/Hunger od. Appetit — this makes one thirsty/hungry; this gives one a thirst/an appetite

das macht das Wetter — that's [because of] the weather

das macht das viele Rauchen — that comes from smoking a lot

mach, dass du nach Hause kommst! — (ugs.) off home with you!

ich muss machen, dass ich zum Bahnhof komme — (ugs.) I must see that I get to the station

5) (ausführen) do <job, repair, etc.>

seine Hausaufgaben machen — do one's homework

ein Foto od. eine Aufnahme machen — take a photograph

ein Examen machen — take an exam

einen Spaziergang machen — go for or take a walk

eine Reise machen — go on a journey or trip

einen Besuch [bei jemandem] machen — pay [somebody] a visit

wie man's macht, macht man's falsch od. verkehrt — (ugs.) [however you do it,] there's always something wrong

er macht es nicht unter 100 Euro — he won't do it for under or less than 100 euros

6)

jemanden glücklich/eifersüchtig usw. machen — make somebody happy/jealous etc.

etwas größer/länger/kürzer machen — make something bigger/longer/shorter

mach es dir gemütlich od. bequem! — make yourself comfortable or at home

das Kleid macht sie älter — the dress makes her look older

7) (tun) do

musst du noch viel machen? — do you still have a lot to do?

mach ich, wird gemacht! — (ugs.) will do!

was machen Sie [beruflich]? — what do you do [for a living]?

was soll ich nur machen? — what am I to do?

so etwas macht man nicht — that [just] isn't done

mit mir könnt ihr es ja machen — (ugs.) you can get away with it with me

8)

was macht...? — (wie ist es um... bestellt?) how is...?

was macht die Arbeit? — how is the job [getting on]?; how are things at work?

9) (ergeben) (beim Rechnen) be; (bei Geldbeträgen) come to

zwei mal zwei macht vier — two times two is four

was od. wieviel macht das [alles zusammen]? — how much does that come to?

das macht 12 Euro — that is or costs 12 euros; (Endsumme) that comes to 12 euros

10) (schaden)

was macht das schon? — what does it matter?

macht das was? — does it matter?; do you mind?

macht nichts! — (ugs.) never mind!; it doesn't matter

11) (teilnehmen an)

einen Kursus od. Lehrgang machen — take a course

12) (ugs.): (veranstalten) organize, (coll.) do <trips, meals, bookings, etc.>

ein Fest machen — give a party

13)

machs gut! — (ugs.) look after yourself!; (auf Wiedersehen) so long!

14) (ugs.): (ordnen, sauber machen, renovieren); do <room, stairs, washing, etc.>

das Bett machen — make the bed

sich (Dat.) die Haare/Fingernägel machen — do one's hair/nails

15) (ugs. verhüll.): (seine Notdurft verrichten)

sein Geschäft machen — relieve oneself

groß/klein machen — do big jobs/small jobs (child language)
2.
reflexives Verb

1) mit Adj

sich hübsch machen — smarten [oneself] up

sich schmutzig machen — get [oneself] dirty

sich verständlich machen — make oneself clear

das macht sich bezahlt! — it's worth it!

2) (beginnen)

sich an etwas (Akk.) machen — get down to something

3) (ugs.): (sich entwickeln) do well; get on

du hast dich aber gemacht! — you've made great strides!

4) (passen)

das macht sich gut hier — this fits in well; this looks good here

5)

mach dir nichts daraus! — (ugs.) don't let it bother you

ich mache mir nichts daraus — it doesn't bother me

sich (Dat.) nichts/wenig aus jemandem/etwas machen — (ugs.) not care at all/much for somebody/something

6)

wir wollen uns (Dat.) einen schönen Abend machen — we want to have an enjoyable evening

7)

sich (Dat.) Feinde machen — make enemies

sich (Dat.) jemanden zum Freund/Feind machen — make a friend/an enemy of somebody

8)

wenn es sich [irgendwie] machen lässt — if it can [somehow] be done; if it is [at all] possible
3.
intransitives Verb

1) (ugs.): (sich beeilen)

mach schon! — get a move on! (coll.); look snappy! (coll.)

mach schneller! — hurry up!

2)

das macht müde — it makes you tired; it is tiring

das macht hungrig/durstig — it makes you hungry/thirsty

das Kleid macht dick — the dress makes one look fat

3) (tun)

lass mich nur machen — (ugs.) leave it to me

4) (ugs. verhüll.) <child, pet> perform (coll.)

ins Bett/in die Hose machen — wet one's bed/pants

5) (ugs.)

auf naiv usw. machen — pretend to be naïve

auf feine Dame usw. machen — act the fine lady

6) (landsch. ugs.): (sich begeben) go

* * *

v.

to make v.

(§ p.,p.p.: made)

to perform v.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > machen
19 grande

adj.

1 big, large.

este traje me está o me queda grande this suit is too big for me

un gran artista a great artist

el gran favorito the firm favorite

una gran figura a big name

una gran parte de mi trabajo implica… a large part of my job involves…

una gran responsabilidad a heavy responsibility

a lo grande in a big way, in style

grandes almacenes department store

gran angular (photography) wide-angle lens

Gran Bretaña Great Britain

el Gran Cañón the Grand Canyon

gran danés great Dane

gran éxito smash (hit) (disco, libro)

los Grandes Lagos the Great Lakes

la Gran Muralla (China) the Great Wall (of China)

el gran público the general public

gran superficie (commerce) hypermarket (peninsular Spanish)

2 old (de edad). (Mexican Spanish, River Plate)

3 fantastic(informal). ( River Plate)

4 magnus, Mag, magnum.

5 grand, formidable, majestical, stately.

m.

grandee (noble).

* * *

grande

► adjetivo

1 (tamaño) large, big

■ esta casa es demasiado grande para ellos dos this house is too big for the two of them

2 (fuerte, intenso) great

■ su partida les produjo una pena muy grande his departure caused them great sorrow

3 (mayor) grown-up, old, big

► nombre masculino

1 (de elevada jerarquía) great

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a lo grande on a grand scale, in a big way

estar grande una cosa a alguien to be too big on somebody

pasarlo en grande familiar to have a great time

vivir a lo grande figurado to live in style

Grande de España grandee Table 1 NOTA See also gran/Table 1

* * *

adj.

1) big

2) large

3) great

* * *

1. ADJ
( antes de sm sing gran)
1) [de tamaño] big, large; [de estatura] big, tall; [número, velocidad] high, great

viven en una casa muy grande — they live in a very big o large house

¿cómo es de grande? — how big o large is it?, what size is it?

los zapatos le están muy grandes — the shoes are too big for her

en cantidades más grandes — in larger o greater quantities

grandísimo — enormous, huge

un esfuerzo grandísimo — an enormous effort, a huge effort

un coche grandísimo — a whacking great car *

¡grandísimo tunante! — you old rogue!

el gran Buenos Aires — greater Buenos Aires

- a lo grande

hacer algo a lo grande — to do sth in style, make a splash doing sth *

vivir a lo grande — to live in style

- quedarle algo grande a algn

- pasarlo en grande

2) (=importante) [artista, hazaña] great; [empresa] big

un gran pintor — a great painter

un gran desastre — a great disaster

es una ventaja muy grande — it's a great advantage

hay una diferencia no muy grande — there is not a very big o great difference

los grandes bancos internacionales — the big international banks

las grandes empresas multinacionales — the big multinationals

la gran mayoría — the great majority

3) (=mucho, muy) great

con gran placer — with great pleasure

fueron grandes amigos — they were great friends

he sentido una gran pena — I felt very sad

me llevé una alegría muy grande — I felt very happy

comer con gran apetito — to eat hungrily

un mes de gran calor — a very hot month

un programa de gran éxito — a very successful programme

se estrenó con gran éxito — it was a great success, it went off very well

4) [en edad]
(=mayor)
ya eres grande, Raúl — you are a big boy now, Raúl

¿qué piensas hacer cuando seas grande? — what do you want to do when you grow up?

5)

¡qué grande! — Arg * how funny!

2. SMF

1) (=personaje importante)

los grandes de la industria — the major companies in the industry

uno de los grandes de la pantalla — one of the screen greats

los siete grandes — the Big Seven

Grande de España — grandee

2) LAm (=adulto) adult

3. SF

1) Arg [de lotería] first prize, big prize

2) And ** (=cárcel) clink **, jail

* * *
I
adjetivo [ gran is used before singular nouns]

1)

a) ( en dimensiones) large, big; <boca/nariz> big

un tipo grande — a big guy

b) ( en demasía) too big

me queda or me está grande — it's too big for me

quedarle grande a alguien — puesto/responsabilidad to be too much for somebody

2) ( alto) tall

qué grande está Andrés! — isn't Andrés tall!

3) (Geog)

el Gran Santiago — Greater Santiago

4) ( en edad)

los más grandes pueden ir solos — the older o bigger ones can go on their own

cuando sea grande — when I grow up

ya son grandes — they are all grown up now

5) (delante del n)

a) (notable, excelente) great

un gran hombre/vino — a great man/wine

b) ( poderoso) big

los grandes bancos — the big banks

los grandes señores feudales — the great feudal lords

a lo grande — in style

6)

a) (en intensidad, grado) great

me causó una gran pena — it caused me great sadness

un día de gran calor — a very hot day

me llevé un susto más grande...! — I got such a fright!

una gran explosión — a powerful explosion

es un gran honor — it is a great honor

una temporada de gran éxito — a very o a highly successful season

son grandes amigos — they're great friends

b) ( uso enfático)

eso es una gran verdad — that is absolutely true

eres un grandísimo sinvergüenza — you're a real swine (colloq)

qué mentira más grande! — that's a complete lie!

7)

a) ( en número) < familia> large, big; < clase> big

la gran parte or mayoría de los votantes — the great o vast majority of the voters

b) ( elevado)

a gran velocidad — at high o great speed

volar a gran altura — to fly at a great height

un edificio de gran altura — a very tall building

un gran número de personas — a large number of people

objetos de gran valor — objects of great value

en grande: lo pasamos en grande — we had a great time (colloq)

•

- grandes almacenes

- gran danés

- Gran Guerra

- gran ópera

- Gran Premio

- gran público
II
masculino, femenino

1) (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name

2)

a) ( mayor)

quiero ir con los grandes — I want to go with the big boys/girls

la grande ya está casada — their eldest (daughter) is already married

b) ( adulto)

los grandes — the grown-ups

•

- Grande de España

* * *

= vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], big [bigger -comp., biggest -sup.], bulky, considerable, deep [deeper -comp., deepest -sup.], extensive, great [greater -comp., greatest -sup.], heavy [heavier -comp., heaviest -sup.], high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], huge, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], large scale [large-scale], tremendous, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], goodly [goodlier -comp., goodliest -sup.], abysmal, heavyweight [heavy weight], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], of the highest order.

Ex. If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.

Ex. Fiction is a big item for children and also just for ordinary public library users.

Ex. Like all enumerative schedules, the LC schedules are bulky, extending to some 8000 pages.

Ex. The need to become familiar with different command languages for different hosts is a considerable barrier to effective retrieval.

Ex. The world's largest processing department's plans and policies are always of deep interest.

Ex. The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.

Ex. Clearly, great variations can be expected between different indexing languages for different databases.

Ex. In fact, the area was well served by a very good neighbourhood advice centre which had a heavy workload of advice and information-giving.

Ex. Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.

Ex. A user searching for Smith's 'History as Argument' who was not sure under which subject it would be entered, would have to prowl through a huge number of cards in a card catalog to find the entry under SMITH.

Ex. Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.

Ex. It is in the development of such large-scale services that problems are seen most acutely.

Ex. There has been tremendous growth in libraries since then, but, fundamentally, it has been possible to build on the foundation that nineteenth-century heroes constructed.

Ex. The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.

Ex. However, we must not forget the book which the critics acclaim and which also sells in goodly numbers.

Ex. The major problem encountered in encouraging young adults to use public libraries is the abysmal lack of specialist young adult librarians = El principal problema que se encuentra para es incentivar a los jóvenes a usar las bibliotecas públicas es la enorme falta de bibliotecarios especialistas en temas relacionados con los adolescentes.

Ex. Heavyweight information technology firms such as IBM are appearing in the market and challenging traditional players.

Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.

Ex. I've got to tell you, and I do say this affectionately, but we're talking about a geek of the highest order.

----

* a grandes rasgos = broadly, rough draft.

* a gran escala = large scale [large-scale], massive, on a wide scale, high-volume, wide-scale, on a broad scale, in a big way, on a grand scale.

* a gran velocidad = at great speed.

* a lo grande = in a big way, big time, grandly, on a grand scale.

* armar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* a un gran coste = at (a) great expense.

* avanzar con gran dificultad = grind on.

* bastante grande = largish.

* calabacín grande = marrow, marrow squash.

* causar una gran sensación = make + a splash.

* causar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.

* causar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons, make + a splash.

* celebrar a lo grande = make + a song and dance about.

* con gran capacidad = capacious.

* con gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* con gran densidad de población = densely populated.

* con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.

* con gran esplendor = grandly.

* con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.

* con gran motivación = highly-motivated.

* con gran sentimiento = earnestly.

* conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* contribuir en gran medida a + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio, go far in + Gerundio, go far towards + Gerundio.

* con una gran cultura = well-read.

* con una gran diferencia = by a huge margin.

* con una gran tradición = long-standing.

* con un gran número de lectores = widely-read.

* con un gran suspiro = with a deep sigh.

* convertirse en un gran problema = grow to + a crisis.

* correr un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.

* crear con gran destreza = craft.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* demasiado grande = oversized.

* describir a grandes rasgos = paint + a broad picture.

* desplazarse grandes distancias = travel + long distances.

* ejercer una gran influencia en = play + a strong hand in.

* el gran hermano = big brother.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* empresa de grandes derroches = high roller.

* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.

* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in bulk.

* en grandes números = in record numbers, in record numbers.

* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.

* en gran medida = by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, to a great extent, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a large degree, to a great degree.

* en gran número = numerously.

* en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.

* en un gran aprieto = in dire straits.

* en un gran apuro = in dire straits.

* esperar una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* expresión típica de Gran Bretaña = Briticism.

* extra grande = extra-large.

* gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.

* gran altura = high altitude.

* gran aumento = heavy increase.

* gran bebedor = heavy drinker.

* gran belleza = scenic beauty.

* Gran Bretaña = Britain, Great Britain.

* gran calidad = high standard.

* gran cantidad de = large crop of, mass of.

* gran categoría = high standard.

* gran cosa = big deal.

* gran danés = Great Dane.

* Gran Depresión, la = Depression, the, Great Depression, the.

* grandes almacenes = department store.

* grandes cantidades de = storerooms of, huge numbers of, huge numbers of, great numbers of.

* grandes escritores, los = great imaginative writers, the.

* grandes robles nacen de pequeñas bellotas = great oaks from little acorns grow.

* grandes sumas de dinero = vast sums of money.

* grande superficie = shopping mall, shopping complex, shopping centre.

* grandes y pequeños = great and small.

* grande y tenebroso = cavernous.

* gran ducado = grand-duchy.

* gran espectáculo = extravaganza.

* gran extensión de tierra dedicada a la cría de animales de pasto = rangeland.

* gran grupo = constellation.

* gran mentira = big fat lie.

* gran nivel = high standard.

* gran número de = great numbers of.

* gran pantalla de televisión = large-screen television.

* gran parte = much.

* gran parte de = much of.

* gran peso = heavy weight.

* gran placer = great pleasure.

* gran potencia = great power.

* gran salto adelante = giant leap, great leap forward.

* gran tiburón blanco = great white shark.

* gran titular = headline banner.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer un gran esfuerzo = go out of + Posesivo + way to + Infinitivo.

* hacer un gran negocio = make + a killing.

* IGE (Integración a Gran Escala) = LSI (Large Scale Integration).

* influir en gran medida = become + a force.

* jaula grande para pájaros = aviary.

* jugador de grandes apuestas = high roller.

* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.

* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.

* levantar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.

* más grande = greater.

* muy grande = big time.

* Nombre + a gran escala = broad scale + Nombre.

* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.

* no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.

* no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.

* pago único y bien grande = fat lump sum.

* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.

* pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.

* pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.

* pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.

* Pedro el Grande = Peter the Great.

* pensar a lo grande = think + big.

* Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.

* por un gran margen = by a huge margin.

* producir con gran destreza = craft.

* provocar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.

* provocar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* que le presta gran importancia a la cultura = culture-conscious.

* recorrer grandes distancias = travel + long distances.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.

* ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.

* ser una gran ayuda = be a tower of strength.

* ser un gran alivio = be a welcome relief.

* ser un gran apoyo = be a tower of strength.

* ser un gran avance = be half the battle.

* ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.

* taza grande = mug.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener una gran tradición = have + a long ancestry.

* tener un gran impacto = have + a big impact.

* tomar un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.

* una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.

* una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.

* una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of.

* una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.

* una gran extensión de = a sea of.

* una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.

* una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.

* una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.

* una gran pérdida = a great loss.

* una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.

* una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.

* un gran espectro de = a wide band of.

* un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.

* un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].

* un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.

* venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.

* WAN (red de gran alcance) = WAN (wide area network).

* * *
I
adjetivo [ gran is used before singular nouns]

1)

a) ( en dimensiones) large, big; <boca/nariz> big

un tipo grande — a big guy

b) ( en demasía) too big

me queda or me está grande — it's too big for me

quedarle grande a alguien — puesto/responsabilidad to be too much for somebody

2) ( alto) tall

qué grande está Andrés! — isn't Andrés tall!

3) (Geog)

el Gran Santiago — Greater Santiago

4) ( en edad)

los más grandes pueden ir solos — the older o bigger ones can go on their own

cuando sea grande — when I grow up

ya son grandes — they are all grown up now

5) (delante del n)

a) (notable, excelente) great

un gran hombre/vino — a great man/wine

b) ( poderoso) big

los grandes bancos — the big banks

los grandes señores feudales — the great feudal lords

a lo grande — in style

6)

a) (en intensidad, grado) great

me causó una gran pena — it caused me great sadness

un día de gran calor — a very hot day

me llevé un susto más grande...! — I got such a fright!

una gran explosión — a powerful explosion

es un gran honor — it is a great honor

una temporada de gran éxito — a very o a highly successful season

son grandes amigos — they're great friends

b) ( uso enfático)

eso es una gran verdad — that is absolutely true

eres un grandísimo sinvergüenza — you're a real swine (colloq)

qué mentira más grande! — that's a complete lie!

7)

a) ( en número) < familia> large, big; < clase> big

la gran parte or mayoría de los votantes — the great o vast majority of the voters

b) ( elevado)

a gran velocidad — at high o great speed

volar a gran altura — to fly at a great height

un edificio de gran altura — a very tall building

un gran número de personas — a large number of people

objetos de gran valor — objects of great value

en grande: lo pasamos en grande — we had a great time (colloq)

•

- grandes almacenes

- gran danés

- Gran Guerra

- gran ópera

- Gran Premio

- gran público
II
masculino, femenino

1) (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name

2)

a) ( mayor)

quiero ir con los grandes — I want to go with the big boys/girls

la grande ya está casada — their eldest (daughter) is already married

b) ( adulto)

los grandes — the grown-ups

•

- Grande de España

* * *

= vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], big [bigger -comp., biggest -sup.], bulky, considerable, deep [deeper -comp., deepest -sup.], extensive, great [greater -comp., greatest -sup.], heavy [heavier -comp., heaviest -sup.], high [higher -comp., highest -sup.], huge, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], large scale [large-scale], tremendous, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], goodly [goodlier -comp., goodliest -sup.], abysmal, heavyweight [heavy weight], broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], of the highest order.

Ex: If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.

Ex: Fiction is a big item for children and also just for ordinary public library users.

Ex: Like all enumerative schedules, the LC schedules are bulky, extending to some 8000 pages.

Ex: The need to become familiar with different command languages for different hosts is a considerable barrier to effective retrieval.

Ex: The world's largest processing department's plans and policies are always of deep interest.

Ex: The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.

Ex: Clearly, great variations can be expected between different indexing languages for different databases.

Ex: In fact, the area was well served by a very good neighbourhood advice centre which had a heavy workload of advice and information-giving.

Ex: Lower specificity will be associated with lower precision but high recall.

Ex: A user searching for Smith's 'History as Argument' who was not sure under which subject it would be entered, would have to prowl through a huge number of cards in a card catalog to find the entry under SMITH.

Ex: Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.

Ex: It is in the development of such large-scale services that problems are seen most acutely.

Ex: There has been tremendous growth in libraries since then, but, fundamentally, it has been possible to build on the foundation that nineteenth-century heroes constructed.

Ex: The method is sufficiently flexible to allow for wide modifications.

Ex: However, we must not forget the book which the critics acclaim and which also sells in goodly numbers.

Ex: The major problem encountered in encouraging young adults to use public libraries is the abysmal lack of specialist young adult librarians = El principal problema que se encuentra para es incentivar a los jóvenes a usar las bibliotecas públicas es la enorme falta de bibliotecarios especialistas en temas relacionados con los adolescentes.

Ex: Heavyweight information technology firms such as IBM are appearing in the market and challenging traditional players.

Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.

Ex: I've got to tell you, and I do say this affectionately, but we're talking about a geek of the highest order.

* a grandes rasgos = broadly, rough draft.

* a gran escala = large scale [large-scale], massive, on a wide scale, high-volume, wide-scale, on a broad scale, in a big way, on a grand scale.

* a gran velocidad = at great speed.

* a lo grande = in a big way, big time, grandly, on a grand scale.

* armar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* a un gran coste = at (a) great expense.

* avanzar con gran dificultad = grind on.

* bastante grande = largish.

* calabacín grande = marrow, marrow squash.

* causar una gran sensación = make + a splash.

* causar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.

* causar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons, make + a splash.

* celebrar a lo grande = make + a song and dance about.

* con gran capacidad = capacious.

* con gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* con gran densidad de población = densely populated.

* con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.

* con gran esplendor = grandly.

* con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.

* con gran motivación = highly-motivated.

* con gran sentimiento = earnestly.

* conseguir en gran medida + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio.

* contribuir en gran medida a + Infinitivo = go + a long way (towards/to/in) + Gerundio, go far in + Gerundio, go far towards + Gerundio.

* con una gran cultura = well-read.

* con una gran diferencia = by a huge margin.

* con una gran tradición = long-standing.

* con un gran número de lectores = widely-read.

* con un gran suspiro = with a deep sigh.

* convertirse en un gran problema = grow to + a crisis.

* correr un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.

* crear con gran destreza = craft.

* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.

* de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.

* de gran belleza = scenic.

* de gran calibre = high-calibre.

* de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.

* de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.

* de gran colorido = brightly coloured.

* de gran corazón = big-hearted.

* de gran efecto = wide-reaching.

* de gran éxito comercial = high selling.

* de gran formato = oversized.

* de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].

* de gran influencia = seminal.

* de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.

* de gran lujo = top-class.

* de gran potencia = high-powered.

* de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.

* de gran talento = talented.

* de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.

* de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.

* de gran venta = high selling.

* demasiado grande = oversized.

* describir a grandes rasgos = paint + a broad picture.

* desplazarse grandes distancias = travel + long distances.

* ejercer una gran influencia en = play + a strong hand in.

* el gran hermano = big brother.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* empresa de grandes derroches = high roller.

* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.

* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in bulk.

* en grandes números = in record numbers, in record numbers.

* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.

* en gran medida = by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, to a great extent, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a large degree, to a great degree.

* en gran número = numerously.

* en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.

* en un gran aprieto = in dire straits.

* en un gran apuro = in dire straits.

* esperar una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* expresión típica de Gran Bretaña = Briticism.

* extra grande = extra-large.

* gestión de grandes extensiones para la cría de ganado = range management.

* gran altura = high altitude.

* gran aumento = heavy increase.

* gran bebedor = heavy drinker.

* gran belleza = scenic beauty.

* Gran Bretaña = Britain, Great Britain.

* gran calidad = high standard.

* gran cantidad de = large crop of, mass of.

* gran categoría = high standard.

* gran cosa = big deal.

* gran danés = Great Dane.

* Gran Depresión, la = Depression, the, Great Depression, the.

* grandes almacenes = department store.

* grandes cantidades de = storerooms of, huge numbers of, huge numbers of, great numbers of.

* grandes escritores, los = great imaginative writers, the.

* grandes robles nacen de pequeñas bellotas = great oaks from little acorns grow.

* grandes sumas de dinero = vast sums of money.

* grande superficie = shopping mall, shopping complex, shopping centre.

* grandes y pequeños = great and small.

* grande y tenebroso = cavernous.

* gran ducado = grand-duchy.

* gran espectáculo = extravaganza.

* gran extensión de tierra dedicada a la cría de animales de pasto = rangeland.

* gran grupo = constellation.

* gran mentira = big fat lie.

* gran nivel = high standard.

* gran número de = great numbers of.

* gran pantalla de televisión = large-screen television.

* gran parte = much.

* gran parte de = much of.

* gran peso = heavy weight.

* gran placer = great pleasure.

* gran potencia = great power.

* gran salto adelante = giant leap, great leap forward.

* gran tiburón blanco = great white shark.

* gran titular = headline banner.

* hacer grandes esfuerzos por = take + (great) pains to.

* hacer grandes progresos = make + great strides.

* hacer un gran esfuerzo = go out of + Posesivo + way to + Infinitivo.

* hacer un gran negocio = make + a killing.

* IGE (Integración a Gran Escala) = LSI (Large Scale Integration).

* influir en gran medida = become + a force.

* jaula grande para pájaros = aviary.

* jugador de grandes apuestas = high roller.

* la Gran Manzana = the Big Apple.

* la gran mayoría de = the vast majority of, the bulk of.

* levantar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* llevarse una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.

* lo suficientemente grande = large enough, big enough.

* más grande = greater.

* muy grande = big time.

* Nombre + a gran escala = broad scale + Nombre.

* no ser gran cosa = not add up to much, add up to + nothing.

* no ser una gran pérdida = be no great loss.

* no significar gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no suponer gran cosa = not add up to much.

* no valer gran cosa = be no great shakes.

* pago único y bien grande = fat lump sum.

* para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.

* pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.

* pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.

* pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.

* Pedro el Grande = Peter the Great.

* pensar a lo grande = think + big.

* Pie Grande = Bigfoot, Sasquatch.

* por un gran margen = by a huge margin.

* producir con gran destreza = craft.

* provocar un gran alboroto = make + a splash.

* provocar un gran revuelo = set + the cat among the pigeons, put + the cat among the pigeons.

* que le presta gran importancia a la cultura = culture-conscious.

* recorrer grandes distancias = travel + long distances.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* ser de gran ayuda para = be a boon to.

* ser de gran beneficio para = be of great benefit to.

* ser una gran ayuda = be a tower of strength.

* ser un gran alivio = be a welcome relief.

* ser un gran apoyo = be a tower of strength.

* ser un gran avance = be half the battle.

* ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.

* taza grande = mug.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener una gran tradición = have + a long ancestry.

* tener un gran impacto = have + a big impact.

* tomar un gran riesgo = play (for) + high stakes.

* una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.

* una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.

* una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of.

* una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.

* una gran extensión de = a sea of.

* una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.

* una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.

* una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.

* una gran pérdida = a great loss.

* una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.

* una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.

* un gran espectro de = a wide band of.

* un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.

* un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].

* un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.

* venirle Algo grande a Alguien = get + too big for + Posesivo + breeches.

* WAN (red de gran alcance) = WAN (wide area network).

* * *

grande¹

adjective

[ gran is used before singular nouns]

A

1 (en dimensiones) large, big

se mudaron a una casa más grande they moved to a larger o bigger house

sus grandes ojos negros her big dark eyes

un tipo grande, ancho de hombros a big, broad-shouldered guy

una chica grandota, fortachona ( fam); a big, strong girl, a strapping lass ( BrE colloq)

tiene la boca/nariz grande she has a big mouth/nose

abra la boca más grande open wider

2 (en demasía) too big

¿esto será grande para Daniel? do you think this is too big for Daniel?

estos zapatos me quedan or me están grandes these shoes are too big for me

quedarle or ( Esp) venirle grande a algn «puesto/responsabilidad» to be too much for sb

B (alto) tall

¡qué grande está Andrés! isn't Andrés tall!, hasn't Andrés gotten* tall!

C ( Geog):

el Gran Buenos Aires/Bilbao Greater Buenos Aires/Bilbao

D

1

( esp AmL) ‹niño/chico› (en edad): los más grandes pueden ir solos the older o bigger ones can go on their own

ya eres grande y puedes comer solito you're a big boy now and you can feed yourself

cuando sea grande quiero ser bailarina when I grow up I want to be a ballet dancer

mis hijos ya son grandes my children are all grown up now

2

( Arg) (maduro, mayor): es una mujer grande she isn't a young woman o she's a mature woman

está saliendo con un tipo grande she's going out with an older guy

E ( delante del n)

1 (notable, excelente) great

un gran hombre/artista/vino a great man/artist/wine

la gran dama del teatro the grande dame of the theater

2 (poderoso) big

los grandes bancos/industriales the big banks/industrialists

los grandes señores feudales the great feudal lords

a lo grande in style

3

(en importancia): son grandes amigos they're great friends

grandes fumadores heavy smokers

F ( fam)

(increíble): ¡qué cosa más grande! ¡ya te he dicho 20 veces que no lo sé! this is unbelievable! I've told you 20 times already that I don't know!

¿no es grande que ahora me echen la culpa a mí? ( iró); and now they blame me; great, isn't it? ( iro)

G

1 (en intensidad, grado) great

me causó una gran pena it caused me great sadness

me has dado una gran alegría you have made me very happy

comió con gran apetito she ate hungrily o heartily

un día de gran calor a very hot day

los grandes fríos del 47 the great o big freeze of '47

me llevé un susto más grande … I got such a fright

para mi gran vergüenza to my great embarrassment

se produjo una gran explosión there was a powerful explosion

es un gran honor para mí it is a great honor* for me

ha sido una temporada de gran éxito it has been a very o a highly successful season

no corre gran prisa it is not very urgent

las paredes tienen gran necesidad de una mano de pintura the walls are very much in need of a coat of paint

2

(uso enfático): eso es una gran verdad that is absolutely o very true

eres un grandísimo sinvergüenza you're a real swine ( colloq)

ésa es la mentira más grande que he oído that's the biggest lie I've ever heard

¡qué gran novedad! ( iró); you don't say! o what a surprise! ( iro)

H

1 (en número) ‹familia› large, big; ‹clase› big

la gran mayoría de los votantes the great o vast majority of the voters

dedican gran parte de su tiempo a la investigación they devote much of o a great deal of their time to research

esto se debe en gran parte a que … this is largely due to the fact that …

2

(elevado): a gran velocidad at high o great speed

volar a gran altura to fly at a great height

un edificio de gran altura a very tall building

un gran número de personas a large number of people

objetos de gran valor objects of great value

en grande: lo pasamos or nos divertimos en grande we had a great time ( colloq)

Compuestos:

● gran angular

masculine wide-angle lens

● gran capital

masculine:

el gran capital big business

● gran danés

masculine Great Dane

● Gran Depresión

feminine:

la Gran Depresión the Great Depression

● gran explosión

( Astron): la gran explosión the Big Bang

● Gran Guerra

feminine:

la Gran Guerra the Great War

● gran hermano

masculine Big Brother

el gran hermano te observa or te vigila Big Brother is watching you

● Gran Maestre

masculine Grand Master

● gran maestro

masculine grand master

● gran maestro internacional

masculine international grand master

● gran ópera

feminine grand opera

● Gran Premio

masculine Grand Prix

● gran público

masculine:

el gran público the general public

● gran reserva

feminine gran reserva (↑ grana a1)

● gran simpático

masculine ( Anat):

el gran simpático the sympathetic nervous system

● gran superficie

feminine ( Esp) large supermarket, hypermarket ( BrE)

● grandes almacenes

mpl department store

grande²

masculine, feminine

A (de la industria, el comercio) big o leading name, leading player

uno de los tres grandes de la industria automovilística one of the big three names o one of the big three in the car industry

B ( esp AmL)

1

(mayor): quiero ir con los grandes I want to go with the big boys/girls

la grande ya está casada their eldest (daughter) is already married

2 (adulto) grown-up

Compuesto:

Grande de España

(Spanish) grandee o nobleman

grande³

feminine

( RPl)

la grande the big prize, the jackpot

sacarse la grande (literal) to win the big prize o the jackpot

se sacó la grande con ese marido she hit the jackpot with that husband

* * *

grande adjetivo
◊ gran is used before singular nouns

1
a) ( en dimensiones) ‹casa/área/nariz› big, large;

◊ un tipo grande a big guy;

unos grande almacenes a department store
b) ( en demasía) too big;

◊ me queda grande it's too big for me

c) ( en número) ‹ familia› large, big;

‹ clase› big;
la gran parte or mayoría the great majority
2
a) ( alto) tall;

◊ ¡qué grande está Andrés! isn't Andrés tall!

b) ( en edad):

◊ cuando sea grande when I grow up;

ya son grandes they are all grown up now
3 (Geog):
◊ el Ggrande Santiago Greater Santiago

4 ( delante del n)
a) (notable, excelente) great;

◊ un gran hombre a great man

b) ( poderoso) big;

◊ los grandes bancos the big banks;

a lo grande in style
5
a) (en intensidad, grado) ‹pena/honor/ventaja› great;

‹ explosión› powerful;
◊ ¡me llevé un susto más grande … ! I got such a fright!;

una temporada de gran éxito a very o a highly successful season;
son grandes amigos they're great friends;
eso es una gran verdad that is absolutely true;
¡qué mentira más grande! that's a complete lie!
b) ( elevado):

◊ a gran velocidad at high o great speed;

volar a gran altura to fly at a great height;
un gran número de personas a large number of people;
objetos de gran valor objects of great value;
en grande: lo pasamos en grande we had a great time (colloq)
■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
a) ( mayor):

◊ la grande ya está casada their eldest (daughter) is already married

b) ( adulto):

◊ los grandes the grown-ups

grande adjetivo
1 (tamaño) big, large
grandes almacenes, department stores
2 (cantidad) large
3 fig (fuerte, intenso) great: es un gran músico, he is a great musician
♦ Locuciones: a lo grande, in style
figurado pasarlo en grande, to have a great time
' grande' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abarcar
- alfombra
- ampliar
- ampliación
- armatoste
- así
- bastante
- bestial
- bloque
- buena
- bueno
- cabezón
- cabezona
- cabezudo
- cajón
- calabacín
- campeonato
- cantidad
- canto
- ciudad
- colosal
- consideración
- fenomenal
- formidable
- gran
- hermosa
- hermoso
- incalculable
- ingeniosa
- ingenioso
- mía
- mío
- monstruosa
- monstruoso
- monumental
- nuestra
- nuestro
- pila
- puerta
- quedar
- señor
- suficientemente
- suma
- sumo
- terraza
- tirada
- tremenda
- tremendo
- venir
- bailar
English:
abnormally
- above
- ample
- army
- awful
- bag
- baggy
- bay
- big
- boat
- border
- box
- breaker
- brush
- bulk
- carve
- cauldron
- cushion
- deposit
- enough
- extend
- grand
- great
- grow
- hers
- in
- integrate
- large
- lion
- manufacturer
- marrow
- mighty
- mine
- outrank
- overgrown
- paving stone
- place
- roller
- set on
- set upon
- slight
- spanking
- style
- tablespoonful
- tea urn
- temptation
- terrific
- time
- to
- tub

* * *

grande gran is used instead of grande before singular nouns (e.g. gran hombre great man).

♦ adj

1. [de tamaño] big, large;

este traje me está o [m5] me queda grande this suit is too big for me;

el gran Buenos Aires/Santiago greater Buenos Aires/Santiago, the metropolitan area of Buenos Aires/Santiago;
Fig
el cargo le viene grande he's not up to the job;
Fam
pagó con un billete de los grandes he paid with a large note

Comp
grandes almacenes department store; Fot gran angular wide-angle lens;
la Gran Barrera de Coral the Great Barrier Reef;

Gran Bretaña Great Britain;

el Gran Cañón (del Colorado) the Grand Canyon;

gran danés Great Dane;
Hist la Gran Depresión the Great Depression;
gran ducado grand duchy;

la Gran Explosión the Big Bang;

la Gran Guerra the Great War;

los Grandes Lagos the Great Lakes;

gran maestro [en ajedrez] grand master;
Hist Gran Mogol Mogul;
la Gran Muralla (China) the Great Wall (of China);
Dep Gran Premio Grand Prix; Hist el Gran Salto Adelante the Great Leap Forward;
gran simio antropoide great ape;

gran slam [en tenis] grand slam;
Esp Com gran superficie hypermarket
2. [de altura] tall;

¡qué grande está tu hermano! your brother's really grown!

3. [en importancia] great;

una gran mujer a great woman;

los grandes bancos the major banks;

la gran mayoría está a favor del proyecto the great o overwhelming majority are in favour of the project;

el éxito se debe en gran parte a su esfuerzo the success is largely due to her efforts, the success is in no small measure due to her efforts

4. [en intensidad] great;

es un gran mentiroso he's a real liar;

¡qué alegría más grande! what joy!

5. Fam [adulto]
cuando sea grande quiere ser doctora she wants to be a doctor when she grows up;

me dijeron que todavía no soy grande como para salir solo they told me I'm not big enough to go out on my own yet

6. Méx, RP [de edad]
cuando se casó ya era grande she was already quite old when she got married;

siempre se llevó bien con gente más grande he always got on well with older people

7. RP Fam [fantástico] fantastic, Br brilliant

8. RP Irónico [genial] great;

ayer le hice un favor y hoy me vuelve la espalda, ¡grande! great! I did him a favour and now he doesn't want to know!

9. Comp
Fam
hacer algo a lo grande to do sth in a big way o in style;

vivir a lo grande to live in style;

pasarlo en grande to have a great time

♦ nm

1. [noble] grandee

Comp
Grande de España = one of highest-ranking members of Spanish nobility
2. [persona, entidad importante]
uno de los grandes del sector one of the major players in the sector;

los tres grandes de la liga the big three in the league;

uno de los grandes de la literatura mexicana one of the big names in Mexican literature

3. Fam
grandes [adultos] grown-ups

♦ nf
RP [en lotería] first prize, jackpot;
sacarse la grande [en lotería] to win first prize o the jackpot;

se sacó la grande con ese trabajo [tuvo buena suerte] she hit the jackpot with that job;

con esa nuera que tiene le tocó la grande [tuvo mala suerte] you've got to feel sorry for her having a daughter-in-law like that

♦ interj
RP Fam [fantástico] great!
* * *

grande

I adj

1 big, large;

el vestido me está o

me viene grande the jacket is too big for me;

el cargo le viene grande the job is too much for him

2

:

a lo grande in style;

pasarlo en grande have a great time

II m/f

1 L.Am. ( adulto) grown-up, adult;

grandes y pequeños young and old

2 ( mayor) eldest

* * *

grande adj, ( gran before singular nouns)

1) : large, big

un libro grande: a big book

2) alto: tall

3) notable: great

un gran autor: a great writer

4) (indicating intensity) : great

con gran placer: with great pleasure

5) : old, grown-up

hijos grandes: grown children

* * *

grande adj

1. (tamaño) big [comp. bigger; superl. biggest]

¿es muy grande el jardín? is the garden very big?

se mudaron a un piso más grande they moved to a bigger flat

2. (número, cantidad) large

una gran cantidad de dinero a large sum of money

3. (importante) great

un gran arquitecto a great architect

hoy es un gran día today is a great day

a lo grande in style

pasarlo en grande to have a great time

grandes almacenes department store

Spanish-English dictionary > grande
20 ver

v.

1 to perceive.

Veo a tu hermana muy cansado I see your sister very tired.

2 to have eyesight.

Mis ojos ven bien My eyes see fine.

3 to understand.

4 to be witness of, to witness.

5 to see, to look at, sight, to view.

¿ves algo? can you see anything?

he estado viendo tu trabajo I've been looking at your work

ya veo que estás de mal humor I can see you're in a bad mood

¿ves lo que quiero decir? do you see what I mean?

ir a ver lo que pasa to go and see what's going on

es una manera de ver las cosas that's one way of looking at it

yo no lo veo tan mal I don't think it's that bad

Ellos ven los cuadros They see the pictures.

Ellas ven los cuadros They see the pictures.

María ve la gravedad del asunto Mary sees the seriousness of the situation.

Mis ojos ven bien My eyes see fine.

Veo a tu hermano muy cansado I see your brother very tired.

* * *

VER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

veo, ves, ve, vemos, veis, ven.

Past Indicative

vi, viste, vio, vimos, visteis, vieron.

Imperfect Subjunctive

viera, vieras, viera, viéramos, vierais, vieran;

viese, vieses, viese, viésemos, vieseis, viesen.

Future Subjunctive

viere, vieres, viere, viéremos, viereis, vieren.

Imperative

ve (tú), vea (él/Vd.), veamos (nos.), ved (vos.), vean (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

visto,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to see

2) understand

3) examine

4) visit

5) witness

* * *
Para las expresiones ver visiones, no ver tres en un burro, ver el sustantivo.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=percibir)

a) [+ persona, objeto] to see

te vi en el parque — I saw you in the park

desde aquí lo verás mejor — you can see it better from here

lo he visto con mis propios ojos — I saw it with my own eyes

me acuerdo como si lo estuviera viendo — I remember it as if I were seeing it now, I remember it as if it were yesterday

—

¡hubieran visto qué casa! — (Méx) you should have seen the house!

• dejarse ver, este año Pedro no se ha dejado ver por aquí — we haven't seen much of Pedro this year

- no veo ni jota

si te he visto no me acuerdo —

le pedí que me ayudara, pero si te he visto no me acuerdo — I asked him to help me but he (just) didn't want to know

ver algn/algo venir —

-¿que ha dimitido? -eso ya lo veía venir — "he's resigned?" - "well, you could see it coming"

ya te veo venir, ¿a que quieres que te preste el coche? — I know what you're after, you want to borrow the car, don't you?

b) [+ gerund]

los vi paseando por el parque — I saw them walking in the park

c) [+ infin]

la vi bajar la escalera — I saw her come downstairs

eso lo he visto hacer aquí muchas veces — I have often seen that done here

d) [+ adj]

te veo muy triste — you look very sad

esta casa la veo pequeña para tanta gente — I think this house is too small for so many people

2) (=mirar) [+ televisión, programa, partido] to watch

anoche vi una película en la tele — I saw o watched a film on TV last night

• es (digno) de ver — it's worth seeing

no poder (ni) ver a algn —

no lo puedo (ni) ver — I can't stand him

3) (en saludos)

¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!

¡hasta más ver! — see you again!

4) (=visitar) to see

ayer fui a ver a tu hermano — I went to see your brother yesterday

tendré que ir a ver al abogado — I shall have to go to o and see my solicitor

el médico todavía no la ha visto — the doctor hasn't seen her yet

5) (=imaginar) to see, imagine

lo estoy viendo de almirante — I can just see o imagine him as an admiral

6) (=vivir) to live through

yo he visto dos guerras mundiales — I have lived through two world wars

y usted que lo vea, y tú que lo veas —

-¡a celebrarlo con salud el año próximo! - ¡y usted que lo vea! — "many happy returns!" - "thank you!"

7) (=examinar) to look at

este tema lo veremos en la próxima clase — we'll be looking at this subject in the next lesson

8) (=comprobar) to see

•¡verás como al final te caerás! — you'll fall, you just wait and see!

ya verás como al final tengo que hacerlo yo — I'll end up doing it myself, you'll see

• habrá que ver, habrá que ver lo que les habrá contado — we'll have to see what he's told them

• voy a ver si está en su despacho — I'll see if he's in his office

9) (=notar) to see

no veo la diferencia entre uno y otro — I can't see the difference between them

ya veo que tendré que hacerlo yo solo — I can see I'll have to do it myself

-¿ves que no son iguales? -pues, no lo veo — "can't you see they're not the same?" - "no, I can't"

-gana más de cien mil al mes -¡ya ves! — "she earns more than 100,000 a month" - "well, there you go!"

• dejarse ver, los efectos de la crisis se dejaron ver meses después — the effects of the crisis were felt months later

la preocupación se dejaba ver en su cara — the worry showed in his face

• echar de ver algo — to notice sth

• por lo que veo — from what I can see

10) (=entender) to see

ahora veo la importancia del problema — I see how serious the problem is now

¿no ves que...? — don't o can't you see that...?

no veo muy claro para qué lo quiere — I can't really see what he wants it for

• hacer ver algo a algn — to point sth out to sb

11) (=encontrar) to see

no veo nada en contra de eso — I see nothing against it

no le veo solución al conflicto — I can't see a solution to the conflict

yo este tema no lo veo así — I don't see this issue that way

12) (Jur) [+ pleito] to hear, try

el proceso se verá en mayo — the case will be heard in May

13) tener que ver

-es demasiado pequeño -¿y eso qué tiene que ver? — "it's too small" - "what's that got to do with it?"

esto tiene que ver con lo que estudiamos ayer — this has to do with what we were looking at yesterday

yo no tuve nada que ver en la venta del terreno — I had nothing to do with the sale of the land

14) a ver

a ver niños, ¿cuál es la capital de Francia? — now, children, what is the capital of France?

-mira, tú sales en la foto -¿a ver? — "look, you're in the photo" - "let's have a look" o"let's see"

a ver ese niño, que no se quede solo — don't leave that child on his own

a ver qué dicen las noticias sobre el robo — let's see if there's anything about the robbery on the news

a ver qué está pasando — let's see what's happening

-estás estudiando mucho -¡a ver, no queda más remedio! — "you're doing a lot of studying" - "well, I haven't got much choice!"

¡a ver, cállate ya! — shut up, will you!

¿a ver? — (And) (Telec) hello?

• a ver si..., a ver si acabas pronto — see if you can finish this off quickly

¡a ver si te crees que no lo sé! — surely you don't think I don't know about it!

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=percibir) to see

no veo muy bien con el ojo derecho — I can't see very well with my right eye

como vimos ayer en la conferencia — as we saw in the lecture yesterday

como veremos más adelante — as we shall see later

• eso está por ver — that remains to be seen

que no veo * —

tengo un hambre que no veo — I'm famished!

que no veas * —

hay un ruido que no veas — there's a hell of a racket! *

un coche que no veas — an amazing car

ver y callar —

no digas nada, tú solo ver y callar — you'd better keep your mouth shut about this

- ver para creer

2) (=comprobar) to see

según voy viendo... — as I am beginning to see...

-¿quién ha venido? -no sé, voy a ver — "who is it?" -"I don't know, I'll go and see"

- al final siempre me toca hacerlo a mi -ya veo — "in the end it's always me that has to do it" - "so I see"

3) (=entender) to see

¿ves?, así es mucho más fácil — you see? it's much easier like this

a mi modo de ver — as I see it, the way I see it

¿viste? — ( Cono Sur) right?, are you with me?

4)

• ver de hacer algo — to see about doing sth, try to do sth

tenemos que ver de solucionar este problema — we must try to o and find a solution to this problem

veremos de salir temprano — we'll see if we can leave early, we'll try to o and leave early

5) (otras locuciones)

•¡hay que ver!, ¡hay que ver lo que te pareces a tu madre! — gosh! how like your mother you are o look!

¡hay que ver lo que ha cambiado la ciudad! — it's incredible o you wouldn't believe how much the town has changed!

•¡ para que veas!, ha aprobado todas las asignaturas, ¡para que veas! — she passed all her exams, how about that!

no solo no perdí, sino que arrasé, ¡para que veas! — not only did I not lose, but I won by a mile, so there!

—

• lo dijo de por ver — ( Cono Sur) he was just trying it on *

—

todo quedó en veremos — it was all left in the air

eso está o queda en veremos — it's not certain yet

• vamos a ver — let's see..., let me see...

-¿esto tiene arreglo? -no sé, vamos a ver — "can this be repaired?" - "I don't know, let's see o let me see"

¿por qué no me llamaste, vamos a ver? — why didn't you call me, I'd like to know?

•ya veremos — we'll see

-¿podré ir a la fiesta? -ya veremos — "can I go to the party?" - "we'll see"

3.

See:

verse

* * *
I
masculino

1) ( aspecto)

de buen ver — good-looking, attractive

no es de mal ver — she's not bad-looking

2) ( opinión)

a mi/su ver — in my/his view
II 1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( percibir con la vista) to see

¿ves algo? — can you see anything?

no se ve nada aquí — you can't see a thing in here

tú ves visiones — you're seeing things

es como si lo estuviera viendo — it's as if I were seeing him/it now

ver algo/a alguien + inf — to see something/somebody + inf

la vi bailar hace años — I saw her dance years ago

lo vi hablando con ella — I saw him talking to her

si te he visto no me acuerdo — (fam) he/she doesn't/didn't want to know

ver venir algo — to see something coming

b) ( mirar) <programa/partido> to watch

ver (la) televisión — to watch television

esa película ya la he visto — I've seen that movie before

déjame ver — let me see

no poder (ni) ver a alguien: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver — he can't stand her

c) ( imaginar) to see, picture

2) (entender, notar) to see

¿no ves lo que está pasando? — don't o can't you see what's happening?

no quiere ver la realidad — he won't face up to reality

sólo ve sus problemas — he's only interested in his own problems

se te ve en la cara — I can tell by your face

se la ve feliz/preocupada — she looks happy/worried

ya lo veo — I can see that

hacerse ver — (RPl) to show off

echar de ver — (Esp) to realize

3)

a) (constatar, comprobar) to see

ve a ver quién es — go and see who it is

ya verás lo que pasa! — you'll see what happens

habrá que ver si lo hace — it remains to be seen whether he does it

eso ya se verá! — we'll see

eso está por ver! — we'll see about that!

no me olvidé para que veas! — I didn't forget, see?

le gané para que veas! — I beat him, so there!

b) ( ser testigo de) to see

vieron confirmadas sus sospechas — they saw their suspicions confirmed

nunca he visto cosa igual! — I've never seen anything like it!

habráse visto semejante desfachatez! — what a nerve! (colloq)

si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! — you can't imagine how awful it was!

es tan bonita, si vieras... — she's so pretty, you should see her

vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron...! — (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!

ya ves, aquí me tienes — well, here I am

hay que ver! — would you believe it!

hay que ver lo que ha crecido! — wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!

hay que ver lo grosera que es — she's incredibly rude

que no veas — (Esp fam)

me echó una bronca que no veas — you wouldn't believe the earful she gave me! (colloq)

que no veo — (AmL fam)

tengo un hambre que no veo — (fam) I'm absolutely starving (colloq)

tengo un sueño que no veo — I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open

4)

a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?; aquí está en el periódico - ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper - let's see; ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see what you've got there; apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and let's see what happens; a ver si me entienden ( justificando) don't get me wrong; ( explicando) let me make myself clear; a ver si estudias más I'd think about studying harder; a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon; cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you; a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos — come and see us soon

5)

a) ( estudiar)

esto mejor que lo veas tú — you'd better have a look at this

tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo — I have to work out how I can fix it

ya veré qué hago — I'll decide what to do later

véase el capítulo anterior — see (the) previous chapter

no vimos ese tema en clase — we didn't cover that topic in class

b) médico ( examinar) to see

¿la ha visto un médico? — has she been seen by a doctor yet?

se hizo ver por un especialista — (AmS) she saw a specialist

c) (Der) < causa> to try, hear

6)

a) (juzgar, considerar)

yo eso no lo veo bien — I don't think that's right

cada uno ve las cosas a su manera — everybody sees things differently

a mi modo or manera de ver — the way I see it

b) ( encontrar) to see

no le veo salida a esto — I can't see any way out of this

no le veo la gracia — I don't think it's funny

no le veo nada de malo — I can't see anything wrong in it

7) (visitar, entrevistarse con) <amigo/pariente> to see, visit; <médico/jefe> to see

cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see (colloq)

ahora lo vemos menos — we don't see so much of him now

8)

tener... que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?; no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him; ¿tuviste algo que ver en esto? did you have anything to do with this?; ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?; ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Zamora? — are they related in any way to the Zamoras?
2.
ver vi

1) ( percibir con la vista) to see

enciende la luz que no veo — turn on the light, I can't see

no veo bien de lejos/de cerca — I'm shortsighted/longsighted

2) ( constatar)

¿hay cerveza? - no sé, voy a ver — is there any beer? - I don't know, I'll have a look

¿está Juan? - voy a ver — is Juan in? - I'll go and see

verás, no quería decírtelo, pero... — look, I didn't want to tell you, but...

pues verás, todo empezó cuando... — well you see, the whole thing began when...

ver para creer — seeing is believing

3) ( pensar) to see

¿vas a decir que sí? - ya veré — are you going to accept? - I'll see

estar/seguir en veremos — (AmL fam)

todavía está en veremos — it isn't certain yet

seguimos en veremos — we still don't know anything
3.
verse v pron

1) (refl)

a) ( percibirse) to see oneself

se vio reflejado en el agua — he saw his reflection in the water

b) ( imaginarse) to see oneself

2)

a) ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself

me vi en un aprieto — I found myself in a tight spot

me vi obligado a despedirlo — I had no choice but to dismiss him

vérselas venir — (fam)

me las veía venir — I could see it coming

verse venir algo — to see something coming

b) (frml) ( ser)

este problema se ha visto agravado por... — this problem has been made worse by...

el país se verá beneficiado — the country will benefit

3) ( dejar ver) (+ me/te/le etc)

se te ve todo — you're showing everything

4) (esp AmL) ( parecer)

se ve bien con esa falda — she looks good in that skirt

no se ve bien con ese peinado — that hairdo doesn't suit her

5) (recípr) ( encontrarse) to meet; ( visitarse) to see each other

nos vemos a las siete — I'll meet o see you at seven

no nos vimos durante un tiempo — we didn't see each other for a while

nos vemos! — (esp AmL) see you!

verse con alguien — to see somebody

vérselas con alguien: tendrá que vérselas conmigo — he'll have me to deal with

* * *

= descry, discern, see, spot, view, view, witness, check out, make out, look down over, look down on/upon, catch + sight of.

Ex. He looked up and descried a gym class, all wet and draggled, scurrying back across the sodden football field.

Ex. Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.

Ex. Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.

Ex. When all necessary amendments have been spotted, edit the draft abstract and make any improvements to the style that are possible.

Ex. Thus it is possible in an author sequence to view easily the works of one author.

Ex. Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.

Ex. We sometimes only have to speak a word to witness a reaction in other people that should logically follow only if the object itself were present.

Ex. Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.

Ex. She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.

Ex. There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.

Ex. The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.

Ex. 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.

----

* acercarse sin ser visto = sidle up to.

* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.

* algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* al ver = at the sight of.

* a mi modo de ver = in my books.

* de buen ver = good looking.

* dejar de ver = become + blind to.

* dejarse ver = have + visibility.

* dichosos los ojos que te ven = a sight for sore eyes.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* el ver televisión = television viewing.

* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.

* estar por ver = be an open question.

* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.

* hacerse ver = gain + exposure.

* hacer ver = alert to, bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, call + attention to, awaken, bring + home, open + Posesivo + eyes to, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice, get across.

* hacer ver claramente = hammer + home + message, show + clearly.

* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.

* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = cannot see the forest for the trees.

* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.

* no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no querer tener nada que ver Algo = would not touch + Nombre + with a barge pole.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no ver = be blind to.

* no ver con buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.

* no verse afectado = be none the worse for wear, be none the worse for (that).

* no verse comprometido por = be uncompromised by.

* no verse en peligro = be uncompromised by.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.

* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.

* referencia "véase" = see reference.

* referencia "véase además" = see also reference.

* salir sin ser visto = slip out, steal away.

* según lo ve + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

* ser algo por ver = be an open question.

* sin ser visto = undetected, unobserved.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener que ver con = be concerned with, concern, relate to, hold + a stake in, have + a stake in, be a question of.

* una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.

* una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.

* un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* véase = see under, SU, refer-to, qv (quod vide -latín).

* véase además = see also.

* véase como ejemplo = witness.

* véase desde = see from, refer-from.

* véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.

* Veo, Veo = I Spy.

* ver Algo a través de los ojos de Alguien = look at + Nombre + through + Posesivo + eyes.

* ver Algo con humor = a funny eye for.

* ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.

* ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.

* ver Algo desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = see + Nombre + in a + Adjetivo + light.

* ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver a través de = see through, see through.

* ver bien = welcome.

* ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* ver con los prismáticos = glass.

* ver con recelo = have + reservations (about).

* ver con un ojo crítico = view with + a critical eye.

* ver de antemano = preview.

* ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.

* ver desventajas = see + drawbacks.

* ver de un vistazo = see + at a glance.

* ver doble = see + double.

* ver el motivo de Algo = glean + the reason for.

* ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.

* ver el porqué = see + the point.

* ver el propósito = see + the point.

* ver el sentido = see + the point.

* ver en pantalla = scroll.

* ver faltas en = see + faults in.

* ver grabación en vídeo = video playback.

* ver inconvenientes = see + drawbacks.

* ver la finalidad = see + the point.

* ver la luz = see + the light.

* ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.

* ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.

* ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.

* ver la oportunidad = see + a chance.

* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.

* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.

* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.

* ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.

* ver las estrellas = see + stars.

* ver la tele = watch + the telly.

* ver la utilidad = see + the point.

* verle las orejas al lobo = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.

* ver lo que + avecinarse = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.

* ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.

* ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.

* ver + Nombre + desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = see + Nombre + through + Nombre + eyes.

* verse en la necesidad = be constrained to.

* verse en la necesidad de = be left with the need to.

* verse en la necesidad urgente de = be hard pressed.

* verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.

* verse en medio de = caught in the middle.

* verse envuelto en = become + involved in, get + involved with/in.

* verse frustrado = become + frustrated.

* vérselas canutas = have + a devil of a time.

* vérselas con = contend with.

* vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.

* vérsele a Alguien el plumero = give + Reflexivo + away.

* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.

* verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.

* verse obligado a no + Infinitivo = be enjoined from + Gerundio.

* verse superado sólo por = be second only to.

* verse venir = be on the cards.

* ver televisión = watch + television.

* ver un fantasma = see + a ghost.

* ver ventajas = see + advantages.

* vistas desde fuera = outwardly.

* visto desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

* * *
I
masculino

1) ( aspecto)

de buen ver — good-looking, attractive

no es de mal ver — she's not bad-looking

2) ( opinión)

a mi/su ver — in my/his view
II 1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) ( percibir con la vista) to see

¿ves algo? — can you see anything?

no se ve nada aquí — you can't see a thing in here

tú ves visiones — you're seeing things

es como si lo estuviera viendo — it's as if I were seeing him/it now

ver algo/a alguien + inf — to see something/somebody + inf

la vi bailar hace años — I saw her dance years ago

lo vi hablando con ella — I saw him talking to her

si te he visto no me acuerdo — (fam) he/she doesn't/didn't want to know

ver venir algo — to see something coming

b) ( mirar) <programa/partido> to watch

ver (la) televisión — to watch television

esa película ya la he visto — I've seen that movie before

déjame ver — let me see

no poder (ni) ver a alguien: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver — he can't stand her

c) ( imaginar) to see, picture

2) (entender, notar) to see

¿no ves lo que está pasando? — don't o can't you see what's happening?

no quiere ver la realidad — he won't face up to reality

sólo ve sus problemas — he's only interested in his own problems

se te ve en la cara — I can tell by your face

se la ve feliz/preocupada — she looks happy/worried

ya lo veo — I can see that

hacerse ver — (RPl) to show off

echar de ver — (Esp) to realize

3)

a) (constatar, comprobar) to see

ve a ver quién es — go and see who it is

ya verás lo que pasa! — you'll see what happens

habrá que ver si lo hace — it remains to be seen whether he does it

eso ya se verá! — we'll see

eso está por ver! — we'll see about that!

no me olvidé para que veas! — I didn't forget, see?

le gané para que veas! — I beat him, so there!

b) ( ser testigo de) to see

vieron confirmadas sus sospechas — they saw their suspicions confirmed

nunca he visto cosa igual! — I've never seen anything like it!

habráse visto semejante desfachatez! — what a nerve! (colloq)

si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! — you can't imagine how awful it was!

es tan bonita, si vieras... — she's so pretty, you should see her

vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron...! — (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!

ya ves, aquí me tienes — well, here I am

hay que ver! — would you believe it!

hay que ver lo que ha crecido! — wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!

hay que ver lo grosera que es — she's incredibly rude

que no veas — (Esp fam)

me echó una bronca que no veas — you wouldn't believe the earful she gave me! (colloq)

que no veo — (AmL fam)

tengo un hambre que no veo — (fam) I'm absolutely starving (colloq)

tengo un sueño que no veo — I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open

4)

a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?; aquí está en el periódico - ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper - let's see; ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see what you've got there; apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and let's see what happens; a ver si me entienden ( justificando) don't get me wrong; ( explicando) let me make myself clear; a ver si estudias más I'd think about studying harder; a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon; cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you; a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos — come and see us soon

5)

a) ( estudiar)

esto mejor que lo veas tú — you'd better have a look at this

tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo — I have to work out how I can fix it

ya veré qué hago — I'll decide what to do later

véase el capítulo anterior — see (the) previous chapter

no vimos ese tema en clase — we didn't cover that topic in class

b) médico ( examinar) to see

¿la ha visto un médico? — has she been seen by a doctor yet?

se hizo ver por un especialista — (AmS) she saw a specialist

c) (Der) < causa> to try, hear

6)

a) (juzgar, considerar)

yo eso no lo veo bien — I don't think that's right

cada uno ve las cosas a su manera — everybody sees things differently

a mi modo or manera de ver — the way I see it

b) ( encontrar) to see

no le veo salida a esto — I can't see any way out of this

no le veo la gracia — I don't think it's funny

no le veo nada de malo — I can't see anything wrong in it

7) (visitar, entrevistarse con) <amigo/pariente> to see, visit; <médico/jefe> to see

cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see (colloq)

ahora lo vemos menos — we don't see so much of him now

8)

tener... que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?; no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him; ¿tuviste algo que ver en esto? did you have anything to do with this?; ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?; ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Zamora? — are they related in any way to the Zamoras?
2.
ver vi

1) ( percibir con la vista) to see

enciende la luz que no veo — turn on the light, I can't see

no veo bien de lejos/de cerca — I'm shortsighted/longsighted

2) ( constatar)

¿hay cerveza? - no sé, voy a ver — is there any beer? - I don't know, I'll have a look

¿está Juan? - voy a ver — is Juan in? - I'll go and see

verás, no quería decírtelo, pero... — look, I didn't want to tell you, but...

pues verás, todo empezó cuando... — well you see, the whole thing began when...

ver para creer — seeing is believing

3) ( pensar) to see

¿vas a decir que sí? - ya veré — are you going to accept? - I'll see

estar/seguir en veremos — (AmL fam)

todavía está en veremos — it isn't certain yet

seguimos en veremos — we still don't know anything
3.
verse v pron

1) (refl)

a) ( percibirse) to see oneself

se vio reflejado en el agua — he saw his reflection in the water

b) ( imaginarse) to see oneself

2)

a) ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself

me vi en un aprieto — I found myself in a tight spot

me vi obligado a despedirlo — I had no choice but to dismiss him

vérselas venir — (fam)

me las veía venir — I could see it coming

verse venir algo — to see something coming

b) (frml) ( ser)

este problema se ha visto agravado por... — this problem has been made worse by...

el país se verá beneficiado — the country will benefit

3) ( dejar ver) (+ me/te/le etc)

se te ve todo — you're showing everything

4) (esp AmL) ( parecer)

se ve bien con esa falda — she looks good in that skirt

no se ve bien con ese peinado — that hairdo doesn't suit her

5) (recípr) ( encontrarse) to meet; ( visitarse) to see each other

nos vemos a las siete — I'll meet o see you at seven

no nos vimos durante un tiempo — we didn't see each other for a while

nos vemos! — (esp AmL) see you!

verse con alguien — to see somebody

vérselas con alguien: tendrá que vérselas conmigo — he'll have me to deal with

* * *

= descry, discern, see, spot, view, view, witness, check out, make out, look down over, look down on/upon, catch + sight of.

Ex: He looked up and descried a gym class, all wet and draggled, scurrying back across the sodden football field.

Ex: Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.

Ex: Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.

Ex: When all necessary amendments have been spotted, edit the draft abstract and make any improvements to the style that are possible.

Ex: Thus it is possible in an author sequence to view easily the works of one author.

Ex: Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.

Ex: We sometimes only have to speak a word to witness a reaction in other people that should logically follow only if the object itself were present.

Ex: Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.

Ex: She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.

Ex: There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.

Ex: The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.

Ex: 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.

* acercarse sin ser visto = sidle up to.

* alcanzar a ver = glimpse.

* algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* al ver = at the sight of.

* a mi modo de ver = in my books.

* de buen ver = good looking.

* dejar de ver = become + blind to.

* dejarse ver = have + visibility.

* dichosos los ojos que te ven = a sight for sore eyes.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* el ver televisión = television viewing.

* estar mal visto = frown on/upon.

* estar por ver = be an open question.

* forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.

* hacerse ver = gain + exposure.

* hacer ver = alert to, bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, call + attention to, awaken, bring + home, open + Posesivo + eyes to, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice, get across.

* hacer ver claramente = hammer + home + message, show + clearly.

* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.

* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.

* la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.

* los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = cannot see the forest for the trees.

* manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.

* no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no querer tener nada que ver Algo = would not touch + Nombre + with a barge pole.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no ver = be blind to.

* no ver con buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.

* no verse afectado = be none the worse for wear, be none the worse for (that).

* no verse comprometido por = be uncompromised by.

* no verse en peligro = be uncompromised by.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.

* ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.

* quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.

* referencia "véase" = see reference.

* referencia "véase además" = see also reference.

* salir sin ser visto = slip out, steal away.

* según lo ve + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

* ser algo por ver = be an open question.

* sin ser visto = undetected, unobserved.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener que ver con = be concerned with, concern, relate to, hold + a stake in, have + a stake in, be a question of.

* una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.

* una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.

* un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.

* véase = see under, SU, refer-to, qv (quod vide -latín).

* véase además = see also.

* véase como ejemplo = witness.

* véase desde = see from, refer-from.

* véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.

* Veo, Veo = I Spy.

* ver Algo a través de los ojos de Alguien = look at + Nombre + through + Posesivo + eyes.

* ver Algo con humor = a funny eye for.

* ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.

* ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.

* ver Algo desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = see + Nombre + in a + Adjetivo + light.

* ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver a través de = see through, see through.

* ver bien = welcome.

* ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* ver con los prismáticos = glass.

* ver con recelo = have + reservations (about).

* ver con un ojo crítico = view with + a critical eye.

* ver de antemano = preview.

* ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.

* ver desventajas = see + drawbacks.

* ver de un vistazo = see + at a glance.

* ver doble = see + double.

* ver el motivo de Algo = glean + the reason for.

* ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.

* ver el porqué = see + the point.

* ver el propósito = see + the point.

* ver el sentido = see + the point.

* ver en pantalla = scroll.

* ver faltas en = see + faults in.

* ver grabación en vídeo = video playback.

* ver inconvenientes = see + drawbacks.

* ver la finalidad = see + the point.

* ver la luz = see + the light.

* ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.

* ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.

* ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.

* ver la oportunidad = see + a chance.

* ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.

* ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.

* ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.

* ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.

* ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.

* ver las estrellas = see + stars.

* ver la tele = watch + the telly.

* ver la utilidad = see + the point.

* verle las orejas al lobo = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.

* ver lo que + avecinarse = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.

* ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.

* ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.

* ver + Nombre + desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = see + Nombre + through + Nombre + eyes.

* verse en la necesidad = be constrained to.

* verse en la necesidad de = be left with the need to.

* verse en la necesidad urgente de = be hard pressed.

* verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.

* verse en medio de = caught in the middle.

* verse envuelto en = become + involved in, get + involved with/in.

* verse frustrado = become + frustrated.

* vérselas canutas = have + a devil of a time.

* vérselas con = contend with.

* vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.

* vérsele a Alguien el plumero = give + Reflexivo + away.

* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.

* verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.

* verse obligado a no + Infinitivo = be enjoined from + Gerundio.

* verse superado sólo por = be second only to.

* verse venir = be on the cards.

* ver televisión = watch + television.

* ver un fantasma = see + a ghost.

* ver ventajas = see + advantages.

* vistas desde fuera = outwardly.

* visto desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

* * *

ver¹

masculine

A

(aspecto): aún está de buen ver he's still good-looking o attractive, he still looks good

no es de mal ver she's not bad-looking

B

(opinión): a mi/su ver in my/his view, as I see/he sees it

ver² [ E29 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ ver (verbo transitivo)

A

1 percibir con la vista

2 mirar

3 imaginar

B

1 entender, notar

2 echar de ver

C

1 constatar, comprobar

2 ser testigo de

D a ver

E

1 estudiar

2 examinar: médico

3 Derecho

F

1 juzgar, considerar

2 encontrar

G visitar, entrevistarse con

H en el póquer

I tener... que ver

■ ver (verbo intransitivo)

A percibir con la vista

B constatar

C estudiar, pensar

D a ver

E ver de

■ verse (verbo pronominal)

A

1 percibirse

2 imaginarse

B

1 hallarse

2 ser

C parecer

D encontrarse

vt

A

1 (percibir con la vista) to see

¿ves el letrero allí enfrente? can o do you see that sign opposite?

lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own eyes

¿ves algo? can you see anything?

enciende la luz que no se ve nada switch on the light, I can't see a thing

tú ves visiones, allí no hay nada you're seeing things, there's nothing there

se te ve la combinación your slip is showing

me acuerdo perfectamente, es como si lo estuviera viendo I remember it perfectly, as if I were seeing it now

ver algo/a algn + INF/GER:

la vi bailar en Londres hace años I saw her dance in London years ago

la vi metérselo en el bolsillo I saw her put it into her pocket

los vieron salir por la puerta trasera they were seen leaving by the back door

lo vi hablando con ella I saw him talking to her

ahí donde lo/la ves: ahí donde la ves tiene un genio … incredible though it may seem, she has a real temper …

aquí donde me ves, tengo 90 años cumplidos believe it or not, I'm ninety years old

no ver ni tres en un burro or ni un burro a tres pasos or ni jota ( fam): sin gafas no veo ni jota I can't see a thing without my glasses, without my glasses I'm as blind as a bat

si te he visto no me acuerdo ( fam): en cuanto le pedí un favor, si te he visto no me acuerdo as soon as I asked a favor of him, he just didn't want to know

ver venir algo/a algn: el fracaso se veía venir it was obvious o you could see it was going to fail

te veía venir, ya sabía lo que me ibas a pedir I thought as much, I knew what you were going to ask me for

ya lo veo venir, seguro que quiere una semana libre I know what he's after, I bet he wants a week off ( colloq)

¡y tú que lo veas!: ¡que cumplas muchos más! — ¡y tú que lo veas! many happy returns! — thank you very much

van a bajar los impuestos — ¡y tú que lo veas! ( iró); they're going to cut taxes — do you think you'll live long enough to see it? ( iro)

2 (mirar) to watch

estaba viendo la televisión I was watching television

esa película ya la he visto I've seen that movie before

¿te has hecho daño?, déjame ver have you hurt yourself? let me see

un espectáculo que hay que ver a show which you must see o which is not to be missed o ( colloq) which is a must

no poder (ni) ver a algn: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver he can't stand her, he can't stand the sight of her

no lo puedo ver ni pintado or ni en pintura ( fam); I can't stand the sight of him

3 (imaginar) to see, imagine, picture

yo no la veo viviendo en el campo I can't see o imagine o picture her living in the country

ya la veo tumbada en la arena sin hacer nada … I can see o picture her now lying on the sand doing nothing …

B

1 (entender, notar) to see

¿no ves que la situación es grave? don't o can't you see how serious the situation is?

¿ves qué amargo es? you see how bitter it is?

no quiere ver la realidad he won't face up to reality

sólo ve sus problemas he's only interested in his own problems

se te ve en la cara I can tell by your face

se le ve que disfruta con su trabajo you can see o tell she enjoys her work

te veo preocupado ¿qué te pasa? you look worried, what's the matter?

la veo muy contenta she looks o seems very happy

es un poco complicado, ¿sabes? — ya se ve it's a bit complicated, you know — so I (can) see

ya veo/ya se ve que no tienes mucha práctica en esto I can see o it's obvious you haven't had much practice at this, you obviously haven't had much practice at this

hacerse ver ( RPl); to show off

2

echar de ver to realize, notice

pronto echó de ver que le faltaba dinero he soon realized o noticed that some of his money was missing

se echa de ver que está muy contento it's obvious he's very happy

C

1 (constatar, comprobar) to see

ve a ver quién es go and see who it is

¡ya verás lo que es bueno si no me haces caso! you'll see what you get if you don't do as I say

habrá que ver si cumple su promesa it remains to be seen o we'll have to see whether he keeps his promise

verás como no viene he won't come, wait and see o you'll see

ya no funciona ¿lo ves? or ¿viste? te dije que no lo tocaras now, it's not working any more. You see? I told you not to touch it

¡eso ya se verá! we'll see

¡eso está por ver! we'll see about that!

¡para que veas! ¡tú que decías que no iba a ser capaz! see? I did it! and you said I wouldn't be able to!

gané por tres sets a cero ¡para que veas! I won by three sets to love, so there!

2 (ser testigo de) to see

vieron confirmadas sus sospechas they saw their suspicions confirmed, their suspicions were confirmed

¡nunca he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it!

¡habráse visto semejante desfachatez! what a nerve! ( colloq)

¡si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! you can't imagine how awful it was!

es tan bonita, si vieras … she's so pretty, you should see her

¡vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron …! ( AmL); you should have seen the fright they got!

tenías que haber visto lo furioso que se puso you should have seen how angry he got

¡hombre! ¿tú por aquí? — ya ves, no tenía otra cosa que hacer hello, what are you doing here? — well, I didn't have anything else to do

pensaba tomarme el día libre pero ya ves, aquí me tienes I intended taking the day off but … well, here I am

¡hay que ver! ¡lo que son las cosas! well, well, well! o I don't know! would you believe it?

¡hay que ver! hasta se llevaron el dinero de los niños would you believe it! they even took the children's money

¡hay que ver lo que ha crecido! wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!

hay que ver qué bien se portaron they behaved really well, it's amazing how well they behaved

hay que ver lo grosera que es she's incredibly rude

que no veas ( Esp fam): me echó una bronca que no veas she gave me such an earful! ( colloq), you wouldn't believe the earful she gave me! ( colloq)

tenía una borrachera que no veas he was absolutely blind drunk

tienen una cocina que no veas they have an incredible kitchen

que no veo ( AmL fam): tengo un hambre que no veo ( fam); I'm absolutely starving ( colloq), I'm so hungry I could eat a horse ( colloq)

tengo un sueño que no veo I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open

D

a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right o well, now, what's the problem?

a ver, el fórceps, rápido give me the forceps, quickly

aquí está en el periódico — ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper — let's see

¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see o show me what you've got there, what have you got there?

aprieta el botón a ver qué pasa press the button and let's see what happens

a ver si me entienden (justificando) don't get me wrong; (explicando) let me make myself clear

a ver si arreglas esa lámpara when are you going to fix that light?

a ver si escribes pronto write soon, make sure you write soon

¡cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you

¡a ver si ahora se cree que se lo robé yo! I hope he doesn't think that I stole it!

a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos come and see us soon/one of these days

¡a ver! (AmC, Col) (al contestar el teléfono) hello?

E

1

(estudiar): esto mejor que lo veas tú you'd better look at this o see this o have a look at this

tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo I have to work out o see how I can fix it

aún no lo sé, ya veré qué hago I still don't know, I'll decide what to do later

véase el capítulo anterior see (the) previous chapter

no vimos ese tema en clase we didn't look at o study o do that topic in class

2

«médico» (examinar): ¿la ha visto ya un médico? has she been seen by a doctor yet?, has she seen a doctor yet?

¿por qué no te haces ver por un especialista? ( AmS); why don't you see a specialist?

3 ( Derecho) ‹causa› to try, hear

F

1

(juzgar, considerar): yo eso no lo veo bien I don't think that's right

cada uno ve las cosas a su manera everybody has their own point of view, everybody sees things differently

a mi modo or manera de ver to my way of thinking, the way I see it

2 (encontrar) to see

no le veo salida a esta situación I can't see any way out of this situation

¿tú le ves algún inconveniente? can you see any drawbacks to it?

no le veo la gracia I don't think it's funny, I don't find it funny

no le veo nada de malo I can't see anything wrong in it

no veo por qué no I don't see why not

G

(visitar, entrevistarse con): es mejor que vea a su propio médico it's better if you go to o see your own doctor

hace tiempo que no lo veo I haven't seen him for some time

¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see ( colloq)

aún no he ido a ver a la abuela I still haven't been to see o visit grandmother

ahora que vive lejos lo vemos menos we don't see so much of him now that he lives so far away

H

(en el póquer): las veo I'll see you

I

tener … que ver: eso no tiene nada que ver con lo que estamos discutiendo that has nothing to do with what we are discussing

es muy joven — ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? he's very young — and what does that have to do with it?

no tengo nada que ver con esa compañía I have nothing to do with that company, I have no connection with that company

¿tuviste algo que ver en ese asunto? did you have anything to do with o any connection with that business?, were you involved in that business?

¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?

¿tendrán algo que ver con los Icasuriaga de Zamora? are they related in any way to the Icasuriagas from Zamora?

■ ver

vi

A (percibir con la vista) to see

no veo bien de lejos/de cerca I'm shortsighted/longsighted

enciende la luz que no veo turn on the light, I can't see

B

(constatar): ¿hay cerveza? — no sé, voy a ver is there any beer? — I don't know, I'll have a look

¿está Juan? — voy a ver is Juan in? — I'll go and see

verás, no quería engañarte pero … look, I wasn't trying to deceive you, it's just that …

pues verás, la cosa empezó cuando … well you see, the whole thing began when …

ver para creer seeing is believing

C (estudiar, pensar) to see

vamos a veror veamos, ¿dónde le duele? let's see now, where does it hurt?

¿vas a decir que sí? — ya veré, déjame pensarlo un poco are you going to accept? I'll see, let me think about it

estar/seguir en veremos ( AmL fam): todavía está en veremos it isn't certain yet

seguimos en veremos we still don't know anything, we're still in the dark

D

a ver see ver² vt D.

E ver de (procurar) to try

vean de que no se dé cuenta try to make sure he doesn't notice

vamos a ver de hacerlo lo más rápido posible let's try to get it done o let's see if we can get it done as quickly as possible

■ verse

v pron

A ( refl)

1 (percibirse) to see oneself

¿te quieres ver en el espejo? do you want to see yourself o look at yourself in the mirror?

se vio reflejado en el agua he saw his reflection in the water

2 (imaginarse) to see oneself

¿tú te ves viviendo allí? can you see yourself living there?

B

1 (hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself

me vi obligado a despedirlo I was obliged to dismiss him, I had no choice but to dismiss him

se vio en la necesidad de pedir dinero prestado he found himself having to borrow money

me vi en un aprieto I found myself in a tight spot

vérselas venir ( fam): me las veía venir por eso tomé precauciones I saw it coming so I took precautions

vérselas y deseárselas: me las vi y me las deseé estudiando y trabajando durante cinco años it was really tough o hard o it was a real struggle studying and working for five years

verse venir algo to see sth coming

2 ( frml)

(ser): este problema se ha visto agravado por … this problem has been made worse by …

las cifras se ven aumentadas al final del verano the figures rise at the end of the summer

el país se verá beneficiado con este acuerdo the country will benefit from this agreement

C ( esp AmL) (parecer) to look

me veo gordísima con esta falda I look really fat in this skirt

D ( recípr) (encontrarse) to meet

se veían un par de veces al mes they used to see each other o meet a couple of times a month

nos vemos a las siete I'll meet o see you at seven

es mejor que no nos veamos durante un tiempo we'd better not see each other for a while

¡nos vemos! ( esp AmL); see you!, I'll be seeing you!

verse CON algn to see sb

ya no me veo con ellos I don't see them any more

vérselas con algn: tendrá que vérselas conmigo como se atreva a molestarte he'll have me to deal with if he dares to bother you

* * *

ver 1 sustantivo masculino
1 ( aspecto):
◊ ser de buen ver to be good-looking o attractive

2 ( opinión):
◊ a mi/su ver in my/his view

ver 2 ( conjugate ver) verbo transitivo
1
a) ( percibir con la vista) to see;

◊ ¿ves algo? can you see anything?;

no se ve nada aquí you can't see a thing in here;
lo vi hablando con ella I saw him talking to her
b) ( mirar) ‹programa/partido› to watch;

◊ ver (la) televisión to watch television;

esa película ya la he visto I've seen that movie before;
no poder (ni) ver a algn: no la puede ver he can't stand her
2 (entender, notar) to see;
◊ ¿no ves lo que está pasando? don't o can't you see what's happening?;

se la ve preocupada she looks worried;
hacerse ver (RPl) to show off
3
a) (constatar, comprobar) to see;

◊ ve a ver quién es go and see who it is;

¡ya verás lo que pasa! you'll see what happens;
¡ya se verá! we'll see
b) ( ser testigo de) to see;

◊ ¡nunca he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it!;

¡si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! you can't imagine how awful it was!;
¡hubieras visto cómo se asustaron! (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!
4
◊ a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?;

está aquí, en el periódico — ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper — let's see;
apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and see what happens;
a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon
5
a) ( estudiar):

◊ esto mejor que lo veas tú you'd better have a look at this;

tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo I have to work out how I can fix it;
ya veré qué hago I'll decide what to do later
b) [ médico] ( examinar) to see;

◊ ¿la ha visto un médico? has she been seen by a doctor yet?

6
a) (juzgar, considerar):

◊ yo eso no lo veo bien I don't think that's right;

a mi modo or manera de ver the way I see it
b) ( encontrar) to see;

◊ no le veo salida a esto I can't see any way out of this;

no le veo la gracia I don't think it's funny
7 (visitar, entrevistarse con) ‹amigo/pariente› to see, visit;
‹médico/jefe› to see;
◊ ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages!

8
◊ tener … que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?;

no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him;
¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?
verbo intransitivo
1 ( percibir con la vista) to see;
◊ así no veo I can't see like this;

no veo bien de lejos/de cerca I'm shortsighted/longsighted
2 ( constatar):
◊ ¿hay cerveza? — no sé, voy a ver is there any beer? — I don't know, I'll have a look;

pues verás, todo empezó cuando … well you see, the whole thing began when …
3 ( pensar) to see;
◊ ya veré I'll see;

estar/seguir en veremos (AmL fam): todavía está en veremos it isn't certain yet;
seguimos en veremos we still don't know anything
verse verbo pronominal
1 ( refl) (percibirse, imaginarse) to see oneself
2 ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself;
◊ me vi en un aprieto I found myself in a tight spot;

me vi obligado a despedirlo I had no choice but to dismiss him
3 (esp AmL) ( parecer):
◊ se ve bien con esa falda she looks good in that skirt;

no se ve bien con ese peinado that hairdo doesn't suit her
4 ( recípr)
a) ( encontrarse) to meet;

◊ nos vemos a las siete I'll meet o see you at seven;

¡nos vemos! (esp AmL) see you!
b) (visitarse, encontrarse) to see each other;

◊ nos vemos a menudo we see each other often;

verse con algn to see sb
ver 1 m (aspecto exterior) aún estás de buen ver, you're still good-looking
ver 2 I verbo transitivo
1 to see: vi tu cartera sobre la mesa, I saw your wallet on the table
no veo nada, I can't see anything
puede ver tu casa desde aquí, he can see your house from here ➣ Ver nota en see; (mirar la televisión) to watch: estamos viendo las noticias de las tres, we are watching the three o'clock news
(cine) me gustaría ver esa película, I'd like to see that film
2 (entender) no veo por qué no te gusta, I can't see why you don't like it
(considerar) a mi modo de ver, as far as I can see o as I see it
tus padres no ven bien esa relación, your parents don't agree with that relationship
(parecer) se te ve nervioso, you look nervous
3 (averiguar) ya veremos qué sucede, we'll soon see what happens
fam (uso enfático) ¡no veas qué sitio tan bonito!, you wouldn't believe what a beautiful place!
4 a ver, let's see: a ver si acabamos este trabajo, let's see if we can finish this job
me compré un compacto, - ¿a ver?, I bought a compact disc, - let's have a look!
5 (ir a ver, visitar) to see, visit: le fui a ver al hospital, I visited him in hospital
II verbo intransitivo
1 to see: no ve bien de lejos, he's shortsighted, US nearsighted
2 (dudar, pensar) ¿me prestas este libro?, - ya veré, will you lend me this book?, - I'll see
3 (tener relación) no tengo nada que ver con ese asunto, I have nothing to do with that business
solo tiene cincuenta años, - ¿y eso qué tiene qué ver?, he's only fifty, - so what?
♦ Locuciones: no poder ver a alguien: no puede (ni) verle, she can't stand him
¿To see, to watch o to look?
Los tres verbos reflejan tres conceptos muy distintos. To see hace referencia a la capacidad visual y no es fruto de una acción deliberada. A menudo se usa con can o could: I can see the mountains from my bedroom. Puedo ver las montañas desde mi dormitorio.
To look at implica una acción deliberada: I saw an old atlas, so I opened it and looked at the maps. Vi un atlas antiguo, así que lo abrí y miré los mapas.
To watch también se refiere a una acción deliberada, a menudo cuando se tiene un interés especial por lo que ocurre: I watched the planes in the sky with great interest. Miraba los aviones en el cielo con gran interés. Igualmente puede indicar el paso del tiempo (we watched the animals playing for half an hour, durante media hora observamos cómo jugaban los animales), movimiento (they stood there watching the cars drive off into the distance, se quedaron allí de pie viendo cómo se marchaban los coches) o vigilancia (the policemen have been watching this house because they thought we were thieves, los policías estaban vigilando la casa porque pensaban que éramos ladrones).
Para hablar de películas u obras de teatro usamos to see: Have you seen Hamlet?, ¿Has visto Hamlet? To watch se refiere a la televisión y los deportes en general: I always watch the television in the evening. Siempre veo la televisión por las noches. I like to watch football. Me gusta ver el fútbol. Al hablar de programas o partidos específicos podemos usar tanto to watch como to see: I like to see/watch the news at 9:00. Me gusta ver las noticias a las 9.00. Did you see/watch the match last night?, ¿Viste el partido anoche?
' ver' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abundante
- acabar
- aclararse
- aconsejar
- acordar
- acordarse
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
- actual
- actualmente
- acuerdo
- adentro
- adición
- advertir
- agradecer
- aguantar
- aguardar
- ahora
- alegre
- almuerzo
- alquiler
- alta
- alto
- amarilla
- amarillo
- americanada
- amplia
- amplio
- añadir
- anexa
- anexo
- añorar
- apartamento
- apellido
- apetecer
- apreciar
- arrepentirse
- arriesgarse
- atreverse
- aún
- ausente
- ayudar
- bajar
- bastante
- burra
- burro
- cachorra
- cachorro
- caliente
English:
able
- add
- add up
- addition
- advertising
- afloat
- afraid
- afternoon
- aghast
- ajar
- akin
- alight
- alike
- alive
- all
- allow
- alone
- already
- although
- among
- amongst
- and
- another
- apartment
- appear
- appendix
- arouse
- as
- ashamed
- asleep
- assassin
- assassinate
- assassination
- associate
- attorney
- averse
- awake
- awaken
- aware
- bar
- barrister
- bath
- be
- beat
- beer
- beg
- benefit
- between
- billion
- bite

* * *

ver

♦ nm

1. [aspecto]
estar de buen ver to be good-looking

2. [opinión]
a mi ver the way I see it

♦ vt

1. [percibir con los ojos] to see;
[mirar] to look at; [televisión, programa, espectáculo deportivo] to watch; [película, obra, concierto] to see;
¿ves algo? can you see anything?;

yo no veo nada I can't see a thing;

he estado viendo tu trabajo I've been looking at your work;

¿vemos la tele un rato? shall we watch some TV?;

esta serie nunca la veo I never watch this series;

¿has visto el museo? have you been to the museum?;

yo te veo más delgada you look thinner to me;
Méx Fam
¿qué me ves? what are you looking at?;

este edificio ha visto muchos sucesos históricos this building has seen a lot of historic events;

los jubilados han visto aumentadas sus pensiones pensioners have had their pensions increased;

ver a alguien hacer algo to see sb doing sth;

los vi actuar en el festival I saw them acting at the festival;

te vi bajar del autobús I saw you getting off the bus;

los vieron discutir o [m5] discutiendo they were seen arguing;

¡nunca o [m5] jamás he visto cosa igual! I've never seen the like of it!;

¡si vieras qué bien lo pasamos! if only you knew what a good time we had!;

¡si vieras qué cara se le puso! you should have seen her face!;

Comp

ver venir algo/a alguien: este problema ya lo veía venir I could see this problem coming;

lo veo venir I can see what he's up to;

Comp

verlas venir: él prefiere quedarse a verlas venir he prefers to wait and see;

Comp

¡quién lo ha visto y quién lo ve! it's amazing how much he's changed!;

Comp

si no lo veo, no lo creo I'd never have believed it if I hadn't seen it with my own eyes;

Comp

si te he visto no me acuerdo: pero ahora, si te he visto, no me acuerdo but now he/she/ etc doesn't want to know

2. [entender, apreciar, considerar] to see;

ya veo que estás de mal humor I can see you're in a bad mood;

¿no ves que trata de disculparse? can't you see o tell she's trying to apologize?;

¿ves lo que quiero decir? do you see what I mean?;

ahora lo veo todo claro now I understand everything;

a todo le ve pegas he sees problems in everything;

yo no le veo solución a este problema I can't see a solution to this problem;

¿tú cómo lo ves? how do you see it?;

yo lo veo así I see it this way o like this;

es una manera de ver las cosas that's one way of looking at it;

yo no lo veo tan mal I don't think it's that bad;

ahí donde la ves, era muy guapa de joven she was very pretty when she was young, you know;

dejarse ver (por un sitio) to show one's face (somewhere);

¿te gusta? – ¡a ver! do you like it? – of course I do!;

Comp

¡habráse visto!: ¡habráse visto qué cara dura/mal genio tiene! you'd never believe what a cheek/temper he has!;

Comp

¡hay que ver! [indica sorpresa] would you believe it!;
[indica indignación] it makes me mad!;
¡hay que ver qué lista es! you wouldn't believe how clever she is!;

¡hay que ver cuánto se gasta estando de vacaciones! it's amazing how much you spend when you're on Br holiday o US vacation!;

Comp

para que veas: no le tengo ningún rencor, ¡para que veas! I don't bear him any hard feelings, in case you were wondering;

Comp
Fam
no poder ver a alguien (ni en pintura): no lo puedo ver I can't stand (the sight of) him

3. [imaginar] to see;

ya veo tu foto en los periódicos I can (just) see your photo in the newspapers;

francamente, yo no la veo casada to be honest, I find it hard to see her getting married

4. [comprobar] to see;

ir a ver lo que pasa to go and see what's going on;

ve a ver si quedan cervezas go and see if o have a look if there are any beers left;

veré qué puedo hacer I'll see what I can do;

queda por ver si ésta es la mejor solución it remains to be seen whether this is the best solution;

eso está por ver, eso habrá que verlo that remains to be seen;

veamos let's see

5. [tratar, estudiar] [tema, problema] to look at;

el lunes veremos la lección 6 we'll do lesson 6 on Monday;

como ya hemos visto en anteriores capítulos… as we have seen in previous chapters…

6. [reconocer] [sujeto: médico, especialista] to have o take a look at;

necesitas que te vea un médico, Andes, RP [m5] hazte ver por un médico you ought to see a doctor;
Andes, RP
el televisor no funciona, tengo que hacerlo ver the television's not working, I must get someone to have a look at it o get it seen to

7. [visitar, citarse con] to see;

tienes que ir a ver al médico you ought to see the doctor;

ven a vernos cuando quieras come and see us any time you like;

mañana vamos a ver a mis padres we're seeing my parents tomorrow;

hace siglos que no la veo I haven't seen her for ages;

últimamente no los veo mucho I haven't seen much of them recently

8. Der [juzgar]
ver un caso to hear a case

9. [en juegos de naipes] to see;

las veo I'll see you

♦ vi

1. [percibir con los ojos] to see;

ver bien/mal to have good/poor eyesight;

no veo bien de cerca/de lejos I'm long-sighted/short-sighted;

¿ves bien ahí? can you see all right from there?;

Comp
Fam
que no veo: tengo un hambre/sueño que no veo I'm incredibly hungry/tired;

Comp
Fam
que no veas: hace un frío/calor que no veas it's incredibly cold/hot;

los vecinos arman un ruido que no veas the neighbours are unbelievably noisy;

Comp

hasta más ver [adiós] see you soon

2. [hacer la comprobación] to see;

la casa está en muy buenas condiciones – ya veo the house is in very good condition – so I see;

es muy sencillo, ya verás it's quite simple, you'll see;

creo que me queda uno en el almacén, iré a ver I think I have one left in the storeroom, I'll just go and see o look;

vendrá en el periódico – voy a ver it'll be in the newspaper – I'll go and see o look;

tú sigue sin estudiar y verás you'll soon see what happens if you carry on not studying;

¿ves?, te lo dije (you) see? I told you so;

Comp

ver para creer seeing is believing

3. [decidir]
¿lo harás? – ya veré will you do it? – I'll see;

ya veremos we'll see

4. [en juegos de naipes]
¡veo! I'll see you!

5. [como muletilla]
verás, tengo algo muy importante que decirte listen o look, I've got something very important to say to you;

¿qué ha pasado? – pues, verás, yo estaba… what happened? – well, you see, I was…

6.
a ver: a ver cuánto aguantas en esa postura let's see how long you can hold that position;

a ver cuándo vienes a vernos you must come and see us some time;

no subas al tejado, a ver si te vas a caer don't go up on the roof, you might fall;

¡a ver si tienes más cuidado con lo que dices! you should be a bit more careful what you say!;

¿a ver? [mirando con interés] let me see, let's have a look;
Col
¡a ver! [al teléfono] hello?;

a ver, ¿qué te pasa? let's see, what's wrong?;

a ver, antes de empezar… let's see, right, before starting…;

vamos a ver let's see

♦ See also the pronominal verb verse

* * *

ver

<part visto>

I v/t

1 L.Am. ( mirar) look at; televisión watch

2 see;

sin ser visto unseen, without being seen;

la vi ayer en la reunión I saw her yesterday at the meeting;

no puede verla fig he can’t stand the sight of her;

tengo un hambre que no veo fam I’m starving o

ravenous;

me lo veía venir I could see it coming;

te veo venir fig I know what you’re after

3 ( visitar)

:

fui a ver al médico I went to see the doctor

4 ( opinar)

:

¿cómo lo ves? what do you think?

5 ( entender)

:

me hizo ver que estaba equivocado she made me see that I was wrong;

¿(lo) ves? (do) you see?

6 JUR pleito hear

7

:

no tiene nada que ver con it doesn’t have anything to do with

II v/i

1 L.Am. ( mirar) look;

ve aquí dentro look in here

2 see;

no veo bien sin gafas I don’t see too well without my glasses

3 ( considerar)

:

está por ver that remains to be seen;

ya veremos we’ll see;

vamos a ver let’s see;

a ver let’s see, now then

4 locuciones

:

¡hay que ver! would you believe it!;

¡para que veas! so there!

* * *

ver {88} vt

1) : to see

vimos la película: we saw the movie

2) entender: to understand

ya lo veo: now I get it

3) examinar: to examine, to look into

lo veré: I'll take a look at it

4) juzgar: to see, to judge

a mi manera de ver: to my way of thinking

5) visitar: to meet with, to visit

6) averiguar: to find out

7)

a ver or

vamos a ver : let's see

ver vi

1) : to see

2) enterarse: to learn, to find out

3) entender: to understand

♦ See also the reflexive verb verse

* * *

ver vb

1. (en general) to see [pt. saw; pp. seen]

no veo nada I can't see a thing

ya he visto esta película I've already seen this film

voy a ver quién es I'll go and see who it is

2. (mirar) to watch

están viendo la tele they're watching TV

3. (parecer) to look

lo veo muy feliz he looks very happy

4. (considerar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]

veo difícil que mi equipo gane la liga I don't think my team will win the league

a ver let's see

a ver si I hope

no poder ver a alguien not to be able to stand someone

no puede ver a su vecino she can't stand her neighbour

veamos let's see

Spanish-English dictionary > ver

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Much the Miller's Son — was, in the tales of Robin Hood, one of his Merry Men. He appears in some of the oldest ballads, A Gest of Robyn Hode and Robin Hood and the Monk, as one of the company.[1] Generally he becomes an outlaw when he is caught poaching. This leads to… … Wikipedia
Much Ado About Nothing (1993 film) — Much Ado About Nothing Theatrical release poster Directed by Kenneth Branagh … Wikipedia
Much Ado About Nothing (2012 film) — Much Ado About Nothing Directed by Joss Whedon Produced by Joss Whedon Ba … Wikipedia
Much Obliged, Jeeves — 1st edition (UK) … Wikipedia
Much Afraid — Studio album by Jars of Clay Released September 16, 1997 … Wikipedia
Much Marcle — is a small village and civil parish in the English county of Herefordshire, located at grid reference SO658327 between Ross on Wye and Ledbury. Contents 1 Historic village … Wikipedia
(Much) Wenlock (UK Parliament constituency) — (Much) Wenlock Former Borough constituency for the House of Commons 1290 (1290)–1885 (1885) (Much) Wenlock was a constituency represe … Wikipedia
Much Apu About Nothing — The Simpsons episode Episode no. 151 Prod. code 3F20 Orig. airdate May 5, 1996[1] Show runner(s) Bill Oakley Josh W … Wikipedia
Much the Same — Origin Chicago, Illinois, United States Genres Punk rock Skate punk Melodic hardcore Years active 1999–2007 Labels Nitr … Wikipedia
Much Like Falling EP — by Flyleaf Released October 30, 2007 … Wikipedia
Much Too Young (To Feel This Damn Old) — Single by Garth Brooks from the album Garth Brooks B side Alabama Clay Released March 6, 1989 … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

by so much also

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

by so much also

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: